blob: df6413b68ae9bbc314408042d8562e464ef11940 [file] [log] [blame]
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002
3******************
4Variables Glossary
5******************
6
7This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build
8system and gives an overview of their function and contents.
9
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060010:term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>`
11:term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>`
12:term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>`
13:term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>`
14:term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P`
15:term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T`
16:term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>`
17:term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050018
19.. glossary::
20
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060021 :term:`ABIEXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050022 Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU
23 canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi").
24
25 ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the
26 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050027 following extension::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050028
29 ABIEXTENSION = "eabi"
30
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060031 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050032 Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty.
33 By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default
34 behavior can cause issues when there is an
35 :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime
36 requirement on the existence of the package.
37
38 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050039 conjunction with a package name override, as in::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050040
41 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1"
42 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1"
43 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1"
44
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060045 :term:`ALTERNATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050046 Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming
47 scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages.
48 When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the
49 alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the
50 commands can co-exist.
51
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -070052 To use the variable, list out the package's commands that are also
53 provided by another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package
54 has four such commands, you identify them as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050055
56 ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket"
57
58 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
59 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
60 section.
61
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060062 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050063 Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual
64 locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the
65 ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must
66 use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050067 location::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050068
69 ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/["
70
71 In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``)
72 from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``.
73
74 .. note::
75
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -050076 If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050077
78 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
79 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
80 section.
81
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060082 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050083 Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for
84 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
85 default regardless of the command name or package, a default for
86 specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default
87 for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -050088 available syntax forms::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050089
90 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority"
91 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority"
92 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority"
93
94 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
95 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
96 section.
97
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -060098 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -050099 Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for
100 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
101 default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the
102 command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands
103 regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500104 particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500105
106 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target"
107 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target"
108 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target"
109
110 .. note::
111
112 If ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` is not defined, it inherits the value
113 from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable.
114
115 If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` and ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` are the
116 same, the target for ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` has "``.{BPN}``"
117 appended to it.
118
119 Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the
120 alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename
121 alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
122 task while retaining support for the command if necessary.
123
124 For more information on the alternatives system, see the
125 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
126 section.
127
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -0600128 :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES`
129 When inheriting the
130 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
131 class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where
132 at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order
133 for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words,
134 if none of the features listed in ``ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES``
135 appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
136 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
137 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
138
139
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600140 :term:`APPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500141 An override list of append strings for each target specified with
142 :term:`LABELS`.
143
144 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
145 information on how this variable is used.
146
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600147 :term:`AR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500148 The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``.
149
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600150 :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500151 When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class,
152 determines the type of information used to create a released archive.
153 You can use this variable to create archives of patched source,
154 original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500155 following variable flags (varflags)::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500156
157 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files.
158 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default.
159 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files.
160 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch.
161 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff.
162 ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data.
163 ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files.
164 ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files.
165
166 For information on how the variable works, see the
167 ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`.
168
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600169 :term:`AS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500170 Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler.
171
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600172 :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500173 Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not
174 attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already
175 been built.
176
177 In OpenEmbedded-Core, ``ASSUME_PROVIDED`` mostly specifies native
178 tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which
179 when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used
180 rather than building ``git-native``.
181
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600182 :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500183 Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which
184 adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the
185 system. Separate multiple entries using spaces.
186
187 As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500188 shlibname in packagename with the optional version::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500189
190 shlibname:packagename[_version]
191
192 Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500193 as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500194
195 ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation"
196
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600197 :term:`AUTHOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500198 The email address used to contact the original author or authors in
199 order to send patches and forward bugs.
200
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600201 :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500202 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
203 which is the default behavior, ``AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`` specifies which
204 packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to
205 Debian library package naming.
206
207 The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to
208 act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe.
209
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600210 :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500211 Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You
212 must set this variable in your recipe. The
213 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable.
214
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600215 :term:`AUTOREV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500216 When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500217 use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500218
219 SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
220
221 If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of
222 software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains
223 ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you
224 have a kernel recipe that inherits the
225 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous
226 statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get
227 into ``PV``. Consequently, you need to change ``PV`` in your recipe
228 so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``.
229
230 For more information see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600231 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500232 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
233
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600234 :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500235 List of licenses found in the directories specified by
236 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and
237 :term:`LICENSE_PATH`.
238
239 .. note::
240
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500241 It is assumed that all changes to ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` and
242 ``LICENSE_PATH`` have been done before ``AVAILABLE_LICENSES``
243 is defined (in :ref:`ref-classes-license`).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500244
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600245 :term:`AVAILTUNES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500246 The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI)
247 tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build
248 system.
249
250 The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes
251 may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with
252 each other in a
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600253 :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500254 configuration.
255
256 To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the
257 "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the
258 "=" operator. See the
259 ":ref:`Basic Syntax <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax>`" section in the BitBake
260 User Manual for more information.
261
Andrew Geissler95ac1b82021-03-31 14:34:31 -0500262 :term:`AZ_SAS`
263 Azure Storage Shared Access Signature, when using the
264 :ref:`Azure Storage fetcher (az://) <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>`
265 This variable can be defined to be used by the fetcher to authenticate
266 and gain access to non-public artifacts.
267 ::
268
269 AZ_SAS = ""se=2021-01-01&sp=r&sv=2018-11-09&sr=c&skoid=<skoid>&sig=<signature>""
270
271 For more information see Microsoft's Azure Storage documentation at
272 https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview
273
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600274 :term:`B`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500275 The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in
276 which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a
277 recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500278 :term:`S` directory, which is defined as::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500279
280 S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}"
281
282 You can separate the (``S``) directory and the directory pointed to
283 by the ``B`` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support
284 separating these directories. The build system defaults to using
285 separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes.
286
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600287 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500288 Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only
289 packages are packages installed only through the
290 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any
291 of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500292 with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500293
294 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
295
296 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
297 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500298 override::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500299
300 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name"
301
302 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
303 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
304 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
305 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
306 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
307
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -0700308 This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM
309 packaging backends. DEB is not supported.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500310
311 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
312 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related
313 information.
314
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600315 :term:`BASE_LIB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500316 The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary
317 Interface (ABI) tune. The ``BASE_LIB`` applies only in the Multilib
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600318 context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500319 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information
320 on Multilib.
321
322 The ``BASE_LIB`` variable is defined in the machine include files in
323 the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not
324 being used, the value defaults to "lib".
325
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600326 :term:`BASE_WORKDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500327 Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default
328 value is "${TMPDIR}/work".
329
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600330 :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500331 Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed
332 to use to obtain the required source code. Following are
333 considerations surrounding this variable:
334
335 - This host list is only used if ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` is either not set
336 or set to "0".
337
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -0700338 - There is limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of
339 host names. For example, the following setting matches
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500340 ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``.
341 ::
342
343 BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org"
344
345 .. note::
346
347 The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of
348 a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the
349 host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
350 location of the name or combined with the front part of the
351 name.
352
353 For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar``
354 is not.
355
356 - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug.
357
358 - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure.
359
360 Using ``BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`` in conjunction with
361 :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host
362 you want to use to ``PREMIRRORS`` results in the source code being
363 fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a
364 host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI`
365 statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the
366 host listed in ``SRC_URI`` after a successful fetch from the
367 ``PREMIRRORS`` occurs.
368
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600369 :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500370 Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file
371 (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This
372 condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core``
373 bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the
374 other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe
375 yet).
376
377 The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction
378 given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your
379 changes are no longer being applied.
380
381 You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1",
382 "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500383 :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500384
385 BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1"
386
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600387 :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500388 Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows
389 you to control the build based on these parameters.
390
391 Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring,
392 add the ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file
393 found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the
394 following form:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500395
396 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500397
398 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]"
399
400 where:
401
402 action is:
403 ABORT: Immediately abort the build when
404 a threshold is broken.
405 STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently
406 executing tasks have finished when
407 a threshold is broken.
408 WARN: Issue a warning but continue the
409 build when a threshold is broken.
410 Subsequent warnings are issued as
411 defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
412 variable, which must be defined in
413 the conf/local.conf file.
414
415 dir is:
416 Any directory you choose. You can specify one or
417 more directories to monitor by separating the
418 groupings with a space. If two directories are
419 on the same device, only the first directory
420 is monitored.
421
422 threshold is:
423 Either the minimum available disk space,
424 the minimum number of free inodes, or
425 both. You must specify at least one. To
426 omit one or the other, simply omit the value.
427 Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes,
428 Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do
429 not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by
430 default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB.
431
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500432 Here are some examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500433
434 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
435 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G"
436 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K"
437
438 The first example works only if you also provide the
439 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
440 variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build
441 system to immediately abort when either the disk space in
442 ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops
443 below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the
444 variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space
445 in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number
446 of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued
447 during intervals as defined by the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL``
448 variable.
449
450 The second example stops the build after all currently executing
451 tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}``
452 directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free
453 inodes in this case.
454
455 The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of
456 free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No
457 disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case.
458
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600459 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500460 Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these
461 intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in
462 the :term:`Build Directory`.
463
464 If you are going to use the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable, you
465 must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
466 variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build,
467 subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free
468 inodes further reduces by the respective interval.
469
470 If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you
471 do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500472 monitoring interval defaults to the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500473
474 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
475
476 When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the
477 following form:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500478
479 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500480
481 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval"
482
483 where:
484
485 disk_space_interval is:
486 An interval of memory expressed in either
487 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
488 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
489
490 disk_inode_interval is:
491 An interval of free inodes expressed in either
492 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
493 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
494
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500495 Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500496
497 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
498 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
499
500 These variables cause the
501 OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the
502 available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of
503 free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}``
504 directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time
505 a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1
506 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes).
507
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600508 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500509 Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git
510 repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the
511 :term:`DL_DIR` directory.
512
513 For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these
514 repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build
515 system.
516 ::
517
518 BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
519
520 Set this variable in your
521 ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
522
523 Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can
524 clean up your ``DL_DIR`` directory by deleting any Git or other
525 source control work directories.
526
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600527 :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500528 The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one
529 time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this
530 variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For
531 example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses
532 hyper-threading causes the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable to default
533 to "4".
534
535 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
536 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
537 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
538 CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable
539 is not set higher than "20".
540
541 For more information on speeding up builds, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600542 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500543 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
544
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600545 :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500546 Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake
547 server due to inactivity. Set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to determine how
548 long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations.
549
550 For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500551 instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500552
553 BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20"
554
555 If you want the server to never be unloaded,
556 set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to "-1".
557
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600558 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500559 Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -0700560 software. There are common variants for recipes as "natives" like
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500561 ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build
562 system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to
563 run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target
564 :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK
565 machine instead of ``MACHINE``; and "mulitlibs" in the form
566 "``multilib:``\ multilib_name".
567
568 To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500569 code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500570
571 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk"
572 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name"
573
574 .. note::
575
576 Internally, the ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` mechanism generates recipe
577 variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such
578 as ``_class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of
579 a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten
580 to a ``DEPENDS`` on "foo-native".
581
582 Even when using ``BBCLASSEXTEND``, the recipe is only parsed once.
583 Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not
584 possible to include a different file depending on the variant,
585 since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is
586 parsed.
587
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600588 :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500589 Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find
590 the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append
591 its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file.
592
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600593 :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500594 Variable that expands to match files from
595 :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable
596 is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the
597 name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``).
598
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600599 :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500600 Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer.
601
602 This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears
603 in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to
604 prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe
605 - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple
606 layers. The precedence established through this variable stands
607 regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For
608 example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher ``PV`` value but for
609 which the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` is set to have a lower precedence still
610 has a lower precedence.
611
612 A larger value for the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable results in a
613 higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence
614 than the value 5. If not specified, the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable
615 is set based on layer dependencies (see the ``LAYERDEPENDS`` variable
616 for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a
617 layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1
618 if no priorities are defined).
619
620 .. tip::
621
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500622 You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500623 to list all configured layers along with their priorities.
624
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600625 :term:`BBFILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500626 A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build
627 software.
628
629 When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's
630 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax.
631 For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the
632 previous link.
633
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600634 :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500635 Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify
636 the layers by the collections that the layers define.
637
638 Use the ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC`` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files
639 whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to
640 modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to
641 introduce a hard dependency on those other layers.
642
643 Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``:
644 collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500645 collection names and two filename patterns::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500646
647 BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \
648 clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \
649 core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \
650 "
651
652 This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid
653 entries are found, which cause parsing to abort:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500654
655 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500656
657 ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not:
658 /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend
659 /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend
660
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600661 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500662 Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure.
663
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600664 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500665 If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the
666 maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when
667 reporting a failed task. If you do not set ``BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES``,
668 the entire log is printed.
669
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600670 :term:`BBLAYERS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500671 Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined
672 in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500673 Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500674
675 BBLAYERS = " \
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500676 /home/scottrif/poky/meta \
677 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500678 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
679 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \
680 "
681
682 This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom,
683 user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``.
684
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600685 :term:`BBMASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500686 Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files.
687
688 You can use the ``BBMASK`` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and
689 ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append
690 files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not
691 see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or
692 otherwise used by BitBake.
693
694 The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression
695 compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular
696 Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full
697 paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -0500698 documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500699
700 The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell
701 BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500702 ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500703
704 BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/"
705
706 If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can
707 specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500708 masks out multiple directories and individual recipes::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500709
710 BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/"
711 BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/"
712 BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap"
713 BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend"
714 BBMASK += "lzma"
715
716 .. note::
717
718 When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character
719 to ensure you match just that directory name.
720
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600721 :term:`BBMULTICONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500722 Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are
723 building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in
724 your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a
725 multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500726 example, the following line specifies three configuration files::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500727
728 BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC"
729
730 Each configuration file you
731 use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory`
732 ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g.
733 build_directory\ ``/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``).
734
735 For information on how to use ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in an environment
736 that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600737 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building images for multiple targets using multiple configurations`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500738 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
739
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600740 :term:`BBPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500741 Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This
742 variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable.
743
744 .. note::
745
746 If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -0500747 :term:`Build Directory`, you must be sure to set ``BBPATH``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500748 to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500749 environment variable and then run BitBake::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500750
751 $ BBPATH = "build_directory"
752 $ export BBPATH
753 $ bitbake target
754
755
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600756 :term:`BBSERVER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500757 If defined in the BitBake environment, ``BBSERVER`` points to the
758 BitBake remote server.
759
760 Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500761 environment::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500762
763 export BBSERVER=localhost:$port
764
765 By default, ``BBSERVER`` also appears in
766 :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`.
767 Consequently, ``BBSERVER`` is excluded from checksum and dependency
768 data.
769
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600770 :term:`BINCONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500771 When inheriting the
772 :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class,
773 this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in
774 favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The
775 ``binconfig-disabled`` class will modify the specified scripts to
776 return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and
777 replaced.
778
779 To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500780 from the ``libpng`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500781
782 BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config"
783
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600784 :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500785 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
786 this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that
787 need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have
788 been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when
789 installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other
790 recipes.
791
792 .. note::
793
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500794 The ``BINCONFIG_GLOB`` variable uses
795 `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__,
796 which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500797 matching. Shell globbing is very similar to
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500798 `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__
799 and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500800
801 For more information on how this variable works, see
802 ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
803 You can also find general
804 information on the class in the
805 ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
806
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600807 :term:`BP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500808 The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name
809 suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500810 comprised of the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500811
812 ${BPN}-${PV}
813
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600814 :term:`BPN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500815 This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with
816 common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``,
817 ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``.
818 The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the
819 :term:`MLPREFIX` and
820 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables,
821 respectively.
822
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600823 :term:`BUGTRACKER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500824 Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe.
825 The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the
826 variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being
827 built needs to be manually reported.
828
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600829 :term:`BUILD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500830 Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The
831 OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of ``BUILD_ARCH`` from the
832 machine name reported by the ``uname`` command.
833
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600834 :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500835 Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build
836 host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_AS_ARCH`` is empty.
837
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600838 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500839 Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build
840 host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is empty.
841
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600842 :term:`BUILD_CCLD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500843 Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C
844 compiler is being used as the linker. By default, ``BUILD_CCLD``
845 points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of
846 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
847 ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
848
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600849 :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500850 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
851 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
852 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
853 default.
854
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600855 :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500856 Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C
857 and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When
858 building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS`
859 is set to the value of this variable by default.
860
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600861 :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500862 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
863 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
864 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
865 by default.
866
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600867 :term:`BUILD_FC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500868 Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By
869 default, ``BUILD_FC`` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the
870 value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
871 ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
872
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600873 :term:`BUILD_LD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500874 Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default,
875 ``BUILD_LD`` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments
876 the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming
877 ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is set.
878
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600879 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500880 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By
881 default, the value of ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is empty.
882
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600883 :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500884 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build
885 host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
886 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
887 by default.
888
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600889 :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500890 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
891 building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through
892 the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and
893 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values.
894
895 The default value of the ``BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`` variable is "-O2
896 -pipe".
897
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600898 :term:`BUILD_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500899 Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g.
900 "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of
901 ``BUILD_OS`` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the
902 first word, converted to lower-case characters.
903
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600904 :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500905 The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded
906 build system uses the ``BUILD_PREFIX`` value to set the
907 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for
908 ``native`` recipes.
909
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600910 :term:`BUILD_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500911 Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from
912 binaries produced for the build host. By default, ``BUILD_STRIP``
913 points to
914 ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``.
915
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600916 :term:`BUILD_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500917 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
918 system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building
919 ``native`` recipes).
920
921 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
922 on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`,
923 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and
924 :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the
925 ``BUILD_SYS`` variable yourself.
926
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600927 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500928 Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host.
929 The default value is an empty string ("").
930
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600931 :term:`BUILDDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500932 Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`.
933 You can define this directory indirectly through the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -0500934 :ref:`structure-core-script` script by passing in a Build
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500935 Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do
936 not provide a Build Directory path, the ``BUILDDIR`` defaults to
937 ``build`` in the current directory.
938
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600939 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500940 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
941 class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build
942 history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local
943 repository will be maintained automatically by the ``buildhistory``
944 class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each
945 top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages,
946 and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time,
947 you should set this value to "1".
948
949 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500950 history output in a local Git repository::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500951
952 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0"
953
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600954 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500955 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
956 class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit.
957 In order for the ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable to work, the
958 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must
959 be set to "1".
960
961 Git requires that the value you provide for the
962 ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable takes the form of "name
963 email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid
964 does not produce an error.
965
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500966 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500967
968 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>"
969
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600970 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500971 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
972 class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history
973 information is kept. For more information on how the variable works,
974 see the ``buildhistory.class``.
975
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -0500976 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500977
978 BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory"
979
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -0600980 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500981 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
982 class, this variable specifies the build history features to be
983 enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600984 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500985 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
986
987 You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list:
988
989 - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the
990 list of installed packages among other things.
991
992 - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages.
993
994 - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit
995 (SDK).
996
997 - *task:* Save output file signatures for
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -0600998 :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -0500999 (sstate) tasks.
1000 This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for
1001 each file staged (i.e. the output of the task).
1002
1003 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001004 features::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001005
1006 BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk"
1007
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001008 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001009 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1010 class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from
1011 the image contents into the build history directory under an
1012 "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you
1013 can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy
1014 ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for
1015 changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include
1016 any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error.
1017 Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present.
1018
1019 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001020 following files::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001021
1022 BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group"
1023
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001024 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001025 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1026 class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to
1027 which build history pushes Git changes. In order for
1028 ``BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`` to work,
1029 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to
1030 "1".
1031
1032 The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a
1033 repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name
1034 that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local
1035 repository.
1036
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001037 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001038
1039 BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= ""
1040
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001041 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001042 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
1043 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1044 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
1045 default.
1046
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001047 :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001048 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
1049 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in
1050 the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set
1051 to the value of this variable by default.
1052
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001053 :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001054 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
1055 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1056 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
1057 by default.
1058
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001059 :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001060 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK.
1061 When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1062 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
1063 by default.
1064
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001065 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001066 Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics
1067 when you use and enable the
1068 :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The
1069 ``BUILDSTATS_BASE`` directory defaults to
1070 ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``.
1071
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001072 :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001073 For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output
1074 executable file into two parts: one for features that require
1075 ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that
1076 do not require ``setuid root``).
1077
1078 The ``BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`` variable defaults to "1", which results in
1079 splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get
1080 a single output executable file.
1081
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001082 :term:`CACHE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001083 Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the
1084 :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time
1085 BitBake is started.
1086
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001087 :term:`CC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001088 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler.
1089
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001090 :term:`CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001091 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is
1092 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
1093 software being built during the compilation step.
1094
1095 Default initialization for ``CFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1096 being built:
1097
1098 - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the
1099 target
1100
1101 - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the
1102 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1103
1104 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for
1105 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1106
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001107 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001108 An internal variable specifying the special class override that
1109 should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so
1110 forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g.
1111 :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`,
1112 :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the
1113 variable to appropriate values.
1114
1115 .. note::
1116
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001117 ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` gets its default "class-target" value from the
1118 ``bitbake.conf`` file.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001119
1120 As an example, the following override allows you to install extra
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001121 files, but only when building for the target::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001122
1123 do_install_append_class-target() {
1124 install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir}
1125 }
1126
1127 Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to
1128 "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001129 building for the build host::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001130
1131 FOO_class-native = "native"
1132 FOO = "other"
1133
1134 The underlying mechanism behind ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` is simply
1135 that it is included in the default value of
1136 :term:`OVERRIDES`.
1137
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001138 :term:`CLEANBROKEN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001139 If set to "1" within a recipe, ``CLEANBROKEN`` specifies that the
1140 ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built.
1141 Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run
1142 ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`
1143 task, which is the default behavior.
1144
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001145 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001146 Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both
1147 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and
1148 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of
1149 features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at
1150 the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the
1151 "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be
1152 optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports
1153 Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it.
1154
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001155 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001156 Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the
1157 :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license
1158 files reside.
1159
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001160 :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001161 A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the
1162 recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is
1163 non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression
1164 is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the
1165 variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with
1166 which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is
1167 particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase
1168 parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not
1169 compatible with the current system.
1170
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001171 :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001172 A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines
1173 with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched
1174 against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use
1175 the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which
1176 the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly
1177 useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing
1178 speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible
1179 with the current machine.
1180
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001181 :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001182 Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary
1183 packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in
1184 an image.
1185
1186 .. note::
1187
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001188 The ``COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching
1189 (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__),
1190 which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion
1191 (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001192
1193 The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an
1194 item that can be added to
1195 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of
1196 this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``
1197 will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development
1198 files) for every package in the image.
1199
1200 To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag
1201 to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001202 wildcard. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001203
1204 COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev'
1205
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001206 :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001207 Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
1208 system uses ``COMPONENTS_DIR`` when constructing recipe-specific
1209 sysroots for other recipes.
1210
1211 The default is
1212 "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``."
1213 (i.e.
1214 "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``").
1215
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001216 :term:`CONF_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001217 Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e.
1218 ``local.conf``). The value for ``CONF_VERSION`` increments each time
1219 ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes.
1220
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001221 :term:`CONFFILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001222 Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package.
1223 If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update
1224 packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration
1225 files you have changed after the original installation and that you
1226 now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words,
1227 editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset
1228 as part of the package update process. You can use the ``CONFFILES``
1229 variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent
1230 the PMS from overwriting during this update process.
1231
1232 To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override
1233 that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001234 space-separated list of files. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001235
1236 CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \
1237 ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3"
1238
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07001239 There is a relationship between the ``CONFFILES`` and ``FILES``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001240 variables. The files listed within ``CONFFILES`` must be a subset of
1241 the files listed within ``FILES``. Because the configuration files
1242 you provide with ``CONFFILES`` are simply being identified so that
1243 the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must
1244 already be included as part of the package through the ``FILES``
1245 variable.
1246
1247 .. note::
1248
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001249 When specifying paths as part of the ``CONFFILES`` variable, it is
1250 good practice to use appropriate path variables.
1251 For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}``
1252 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at
1253 the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the
1254 :term:`Source Directory`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001255
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001256 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001257 Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The
1258 OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig
1259 variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set
1260 to null ("").
1261
1262 The ``CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`` can be either a single cpio archive
1263 with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and
1264 files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain
1265 a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories
1266 should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs
1267 image. Files should contain entries according to the format described
1268 by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree.
1269
1270 If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image
1271 will be the aggregate of all of them.
1272
1273 For information on creating an initramfs, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001274 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001275 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
1276
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001277 :term:`CONFIG_SITE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001278 A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to
1279 the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities
1280 when running ``configure``.
1281
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001282 :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001283 The minimal arguments for GNU configure.
1284
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001285 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001286 When inheriting the
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06001287 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001288 class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be
1289 in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the
1290 ``CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that also
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06001291 appears in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
1292 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
1293 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001294
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001295 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001296 A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source
1297 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In
1298 other words, if a license in a recipe's
1299 :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of
1300 ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE``, then its source is not archived by the
1301 class.
1302
1303 .. note::
1304
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001305 The ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` variable takes precedence over the
1306 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001307
1308 The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for
1309 ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
1310 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1311 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1312
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001313 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001314 A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived
1315 by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other
1316 words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE`
1317 value is in the value of ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE``, then its
1318 source is archived by the class.
1319
1320 The default value is set by the
1321 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1322 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. The default value includes
1323 "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*".
1324
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001325 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001326 A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the
1327 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
1328 ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
1329 exclusion caused through the
1330 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
1331 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1332 variables, respectively.
1333
1334 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude
1335 any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
1336 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1337 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1338
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001339 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001340 A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the
1341 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
1342 ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
1343 exclusion caused through the
1344 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
1345 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1346 variables, respectively.
1347
1348 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include
1349 any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` is set by the
1350 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1351 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1352
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001353 :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001354 A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source
1355 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
1356 Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``,
1357 ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``.
1358
1359 The default value, which is "target*", for ``COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES``
1360 is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>`
1361 class, which is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
1362
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001363 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001364 If set to "1" along with the
1365 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the
1366 OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files,
1367 which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each
1368 package. The license files are placed in directories within the image
1369 itself during build time.
1370
1371 .. note::
1372
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001373 The ``COPY_LIC_DIRS`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
1374 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
1375 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
1376 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001377 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001378 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001379 information on providing license text.
1380
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001381 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001382 If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license
1383 manifest for the image to
1384 ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image
1385 itself during build time.
1386
1387 .. note::
1388
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001389 The ``COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
1390 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
1391 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
1392 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001393 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001394 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001395 information on providing license text.
1396
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001397 :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001398 Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should
1399 only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found
1400 in the :term:`Build Directory`.
1401
1402 This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer
1403 supported.
1404
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001405 :term:`COREBASE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001406 Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata
1407 layer (i.e. ``meta``).
1408
1409 It is an important distinction that ``COREBASE`` points to the parent
1410 of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you
1411 have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name
1412 for your local copy of the repository. In this case, ``COREBASE``
1413 points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of
1414 the ``poky/meta`` layer.
1415
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001416 :term:`COREBASE_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001417 Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that
1418 should be copied other than the layers listed in the
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07001419 ``bblayers.conf`` file. The ``COREBASE_FILES`` variable allows
1420 to copy metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001421 into the extensible SDK.
1422
1423 Explicitly listing files in ``COREBASE`` is needed because it
1424 typically contains build directories and other files that should not
1425 normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value
1426 of ``COREBASE_FILES`` is used in order to only copy the files that
1427 are actually needed.
1428
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001429 :term:`CPP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001430 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor.
1431
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001432 :term:`CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001433 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
1434 C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment
1435 variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the
1436 compilation step.
1437
1438 Default initialization for ``CPPFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1439 being built:
1440
1441 - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for
1442 the target
1443
1444 - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the
1445 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1446
1447 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building
1448 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1449
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001450 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001451 The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The
1452 ``CROSS_COMPILE`` variable is the same as the
1453 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable.
1454
1455 .. note::
1456
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001457 The OpenEmbedded build system sets the ``CROSS_COMPILE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001458 variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel
1459 and kernel module recipes).
1460
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001461 :term:`CVSDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001462 The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are
1463 stored.
1464
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001465 :term:`CXX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001466 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler.
1467
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001468 :term:`CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001469 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is
1470 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
1471 software being built during the compilation step.
1472
1473 Default initialization for ``CXXFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
1474 being built:
1475
1476 - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for
1477 the target
1478
1479 - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the
1480 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1481
1482 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building
1483 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1484
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001485 :term:`D`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001486 The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory`
1487 where components are installed by the
1488 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001489 to::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001490
1491 ${WORKDIR}/image
1492
1493 .. note::
1494
1495 Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001496 :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001497
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001498 :term:`DATE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001499 The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month,
1500 and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015).
1501
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001502 :term:`DATETIME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001503 The date and time on which the current build started. The format is
1504 suitable for timestamps.
1505
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001506 :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001507 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
1508 which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a
1509 particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library
1510 package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001511 set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001512
1513 DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1"
1514
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001515 :term:`DEBIANNAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001516 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
1517 which is the default behavior, ``DEBIANNAME`` allows you to override
1518 the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library
1519 name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an
1520 override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001521 ``dbus`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001522
1523 DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1"
1524
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001525 :term:`DEBUG_BUILD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001526 Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07001527 influences the value of the :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001528
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001529 :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07001530 The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001531 compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O
1532 -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe".
1533
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001534 :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001535 Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority.
1536
1537 The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within
1538 a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the
1539 variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07001540 by default in the absence of :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` being used to
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001541 build the development version.
1542
1543 .. note::
1544
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001545 The bias provided by ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` is weak and is overridden
1546 by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two
1547 layers that contain different versions of the same recipe.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001548
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001549 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001550 The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e.
1551 the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The
1552 ``DEFAULTTUNE`` helps define
1553 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
1554
1555 The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the
1556 machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override
1557 the setting using available tunes as defined with
1558 :term:`AVAILTUNES`.
1559
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001560 :term:`DEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001561 Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on
1562 other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are
1563 needed by the recipe at build time.
1564
1565 As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001566 assignment::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001567
1568 DEPENDS = "bar"
1569
1570 The practical effect of the previous
1571 assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in
1572 the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the
1573 :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the
1574 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs.
1575 This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on
1576 the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of
1577 each recipe listed in ``DEPENDS``, through a
1578 ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]``
1579 declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
1580
1581 .. note::
1582
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001583 It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001584 explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are
1585 configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots.
1586
1587 As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities
1588 that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe
1589 that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001590 might have the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001591
1592 DEPENDS = "codegen-native"
1593
1594 For more
1595 information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and
1596 the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable.
1597
1598 .. note::
1599
1600 - ``DEPENDS`` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise,
1601 it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which
1602 usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as
1603 "foo-dev" in ``DEPENDS`` does not make sense. Use "foo"
1604 instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make
1605 up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the
1606 sysroot.
1607
1608 - One recipe having another recipe in ``DEPENDS`` does not by
1609 itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages
1610 produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001611 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001612 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual,
1613 runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning
1614 ``DEPENDS`` alone is sufficient for most recipes.
1615
1616 - Counterintuitively, ``DEPENDS`` is often necessary even for
1617 recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if
1618 ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against
1619 ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both
1620 ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot.
1621 Without a ``DEPENDS`` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo``
1622 to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might
1623 fail to link against ``libfoo``.
1624
1625 For information on runtime dependencies, see the
1626 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
1627 ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
1628 ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
1629 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
1630 dependencies.
1631
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001632 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001633 Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to
1634 place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready
1635 to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory
1636 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
1637 ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``.
1638
1639 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001640 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001641 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001642 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`",
1643 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`", and
1644 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections all in the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001645 Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1646
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001647 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001648 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1649 Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build
1650 system. This variable applies only when
1651 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1652 "package_deb".
1653
1654 The BitBake configuration file initially defines the
1655 ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001656 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001657
1658 DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb"
1659
1660 The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the
1661 ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable to make sure the
1662 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task
1663 writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001664 information on how packaging works, see the
1665 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001666 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1667
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001668 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001669 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1670 images and other associated output files that are ready to be
1671 deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific
1672 as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory
1673 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
1674 ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``.
1675
1676 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001677 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001678 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001679 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`" and
1680 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections both in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001681 the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1682
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001683 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001684 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1685 IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
1686 This variable applies only when
1687 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1688 "package_ipk".
1689
1690 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001691 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001692
1693 DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk"
1694
1695 The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the
1696 ``DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`` variable to make sure the
1697 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task
1698 writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001699 on how packaging works, see the
1700 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001701 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1702
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001703 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001704 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1705 RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
1706 This variable applies only when
1707 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1708 "package_rpm".
1709
1710 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001711 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001712
1713 DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm"
1714
1715 The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the
1716 ``DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`` variable to make sure the
1717 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task
1718 writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001719 on how packaging works, see the
1720 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001721 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1722
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001723 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001724 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1725 tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This
1726 variable applies only when
1727 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1728 "package_tar".
1729
1730 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001731 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001732
1733 DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar"
1734
1735 The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the
1736 ``DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`` variable to make sure the
1737 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task
1738 writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001739 on how packaging works, see the
1740 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001741 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1742
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001743 :term:`DEPLOYDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001744 When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the
1745 ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001746 is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001747
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001748 DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001749
1750 Recipes inheriting the ``deploy`` class should copy files to be
1751 deployed into ``DEPLOYDIR``, and the class will take care of copying
1752 them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
1753 afterwards.
1754
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001755 :term:`DESCRIPTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001756 The package description used by package managers. If not set,
1757 ``DESCRIPTION`` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY`
1758 variable.
1759
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001760 :term:`DISTRO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001761 The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name
1762 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
1763 variable.
1764
1765 The ``DISTRO`` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration
1766 file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose
1767 filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution
1768 configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf``
1769 and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the
1770 :term:`Source Directory`.
1771
1772 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001773 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001774
1775 DISTRO = "poky"
1776
1777 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
1778 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
1779 distribution configuration. The value for ``DISTRO`` must not contain
1780 spaces, and is typically all lower-case.
1781
1782 .. note::
1783
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001784 If the ``DISTRO`` variable is blank, a set of default configurations
1785 are used, which are specified within
1786 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001787
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001788 :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001789 Specifies a codename for the distribution being built.
1790
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001791 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001792 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images.
1793 This variable takes affect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the
1794 variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that
1795 include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep
1796 distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro
1797 variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file.
1798
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001799 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001800 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if
1801 the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g.
1802 kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but
1803 you can remove them.
1804
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001805 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001806 The software support you want in your distribution for various
1807 features. You define your distribution features in the distribution
1808 configuration file.
1809
1810 In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in
1811 ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` is translated to the appropriate option supplied
1812 to the configure script during the
1813 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that
1814 optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in
1815 ``DISTRO_FEATURES``, causes every piece of software built for the
1816 target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support
1817 enabled.
1818
1819 Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete
1820 list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001821 provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001822
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001823 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001824 Features to be added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` if not also present in
1825 ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
1826
1827 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
1828 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
1829 the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001830 all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section
1831 for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001832
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001833 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001834 Features from ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
1835 backfilled (i.e. added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES``) during the build. See
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001836 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001837
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001838 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001839 A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro
1840 features with the exception of any features specific to the C library
1841 (``libc``).
1842
1843 When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be
1844 able to reuse the default
1845 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the
1846 need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001847 ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001848
1849 DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature"
1850
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001851 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001852 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
1853 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
1854 included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building native recipes. This
1855 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
1856 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
1857 variable.
1858
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001859 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001860 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
1861 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
1862 included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building nativesdk recipes. This
1863 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
1864 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
1865 variable.
1866
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001867 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001868 Specifies a list of features that should be included in
1869 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native
1870 recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered
1871 using the
1872 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
1873 variable.
1874
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001875 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001876 Specifies a list of features that should be included in
1877 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building
1878 nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features
1879 filtered using the
1880 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
1881 variable.
1882
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001883 :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001884 The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name
1885 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable.
1886
1887 The ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable corresponds to a distribution
1888 configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's
1889 argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the
1890 distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named
1891 ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory
1892 of the :term:`Source Directory`.
1893
1894 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05001895 as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001896
1897 DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)"
1898
1899 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
1900 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
1901 distribution configuration.
1902
1903 .. note::
1904
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001905 If the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is blank, a set of default
1906 configurations are used, which are specified within
1907 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001908
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001909 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001910 The version of the distribution.
1911
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001912 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001913 A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current
1914 distribution. By default, this list includes the value of
1915 :term:`DISTRO`.
1916
1917 You can extend ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that should
1918 apply to the distribution.
1919
1920 The underlying mechanism behind ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` is simply that it
1921 is included in the default value of
1922 :term:`OVERRIDES`.
1923
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05001924 :term:`DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH`
1925 When used by recipes that inherit the
1926 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` or
1927 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable should
1928 be used to specify the directory in which the ``setup.py`` file is
1929 located if it is not at the root of the source tree (as specified by
1930 :term:`S`). For example, in a recipe where the sources are fetched from
1931 a Git repository and ``setup.py`` is in a ``python/pythonmodule``
1932 subdirectory, you would have this::
1933
1934 S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
1935 DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH = "${S}/python/pythonmodule"
1936
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001937 :term:`DL_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001938 The central download directory used by the build process to store
1939 downloads. By default, ``DL_DIR`` gets files suitable for mirroring
1940 for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git
1941 repositories, use the
1942 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
1943 variable.
1944
1945 You can set this directory by defining the ``DL_DIR`` variable in the
1946 ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you
1947 should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is
1948 ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`.
1949 ::
1950
1951 #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads"
1952
1953 To specify a different download directory,
1954 simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory.
1955
1956 During a first build, the system downloads many different source code
1957 tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a
1958 while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are
1959 all stored in the directory defined by ``DL_DIR`` and the build
1960 system looks there first to find source tarballs.
1961
1962 .. note::
1963
1964 When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to
1965 speed up this part of subsequent builds.
1966
1967 You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the
1968 same development machine. For additional information on how the build
1969 process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05001970 server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001971 chapter. You can also refer to the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06001972 ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001973 Wiki page.
1974
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001975 :term:`DOC_COMPRESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001976 When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>`
1977 class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the
1978 OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By
1979 default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies
1980 available are xz and bz2.
1981
1982 For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the
1983 comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file.
1984
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001985 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001986 When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or
1987 ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the
1988 ``EFI_PROVIDER`` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The
1989 default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead.
1990
1991 See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and
1992 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more
1993 information.
1994
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06001995 :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05001996 Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated
1997 during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or
1998 less).
1999
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002000 :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002001 When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>`
2002 class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by
2003 the :ref:`error reporting
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002004 tool <dev-manual/common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002005 allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central
2006 database. By default, the value of this variable is
2007 ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``.
2008
2009 You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error
2010 reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002011 ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002012
2013 ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path"
2014
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002015 :term:`ERROR_QA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002016 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
2017 errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
2018 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
2019 can control with this variable, see the
2020 ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
2021
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002022 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002023 Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to
2024 exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries.
2025
2026 .. note::
2027
2028 The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002029 the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the
2030 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared
2031 libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between
2032 packages.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002033
2034 The ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable is similar to the
2035 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a
2036 package's particular libraries only and not the whole package.
2037
2038 Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002039 particular package::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002040
2041 EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1"
2042
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002043 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002044 Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e.
2045 ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and
2046 builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the
2047 ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file.
2048
2049 To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the
2050 variable to "1" in the recipe.
2051
2052 .. note::
2053
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002054 Recipes added to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` may still be built during a
2055 world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding
2056 a recipe to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` only ensures that the recipe is not
2057 explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002058
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002059 :term:`EXTENDPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002060 Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's
2061 version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If ``PE``
2062 is set and greater than zero for a recipe, ``EXTENDPE`` becomes that
2063 value (e.g if ``PE`` is equal to "1" then ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "1").
2064 If a recipe's ``PE`` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero,
2065 ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "".
2066
2067 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example.
2068
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002069 :term:`EXTENDPKGV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002070 The full package version specification as it appears on the final
2071 packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used
2072 to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002073 package in the same recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002074
2075 RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
2076
2077 The dependency relationships are intended to force the package
2078 manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step.
2079
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002080 :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002081 When set, the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` variable indicates that these
2082 tools are not in the source tree.
2083
2084 When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over
2085 any externally installed tools. Setting the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS``
2086 variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed
2087 external tools. See the
2088 :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in
2089 ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used.
2090
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002091 :term:`EXTERNALSRC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002092 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
2093 class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of
2094 the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the
2095 :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build
2096 system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code.
2097
2098 For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
2099 ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
2100 can also find information on how to use this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002101 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002102 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2103
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002104 :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002105 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
2106 class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's
2107 source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build
2108 system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable,
2109 which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build
2110 Directory.
2111
2112 For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
2113 ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
2114 can also find information on how to use this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002115 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002116 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2117
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002118 :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002119 For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>`
2120 class, you can use ``EXTRA_AUTORECONF`` to specify extra options to
2121 pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the
2122 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
2123
2124 The default value is "--exclude=autopoint".
2125
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002126 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002127 A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing
2128 more than one feature, separate them with a space.
2129
2130 Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file,
2131 which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
2132 Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best
2133 practices dictate that you do not.
2134
2135 .. note::
2136
2137 To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002138 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002139
2140 Here are some examples of features you can add:
2141
2142 - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including
2143 symbol information for debugging and profiling.
2144
2145 - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and
2146 enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002147 'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`"
2148 section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002149 - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is
2150 useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image.
2151 - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is
2152 read-only. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002153 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002154 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
2155 information
2156 - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace.
2157 - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make,
2158 pkgconfig and so forth.
2159 - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools
2160 such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth.
2161
2162 For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002163 Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002164
2165 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002166 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002167 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2168
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002169 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002170 Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has
2171 been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting
2172 this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002173 an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002174
2175 EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096"
2176
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002177 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002178 A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for
2179 installing into the root filesystem.
2180
2181 Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not
2182 needed in the root filesystem. You can use the ``EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS``
2183 variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A
2184 typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration.
2185
2186 .. note::
2187
2188 To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various
Andrew Geissler95ac1b82021-03-31 14:34:31 -05002189 :term:`RDEPENDS` and :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002190
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002191 :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002192 A list of subdirectories of
2193 ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}``
2194 added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an
2195 example, the following prepends
2196 "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002197 ``PATH``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002198
2199 EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar"
2200
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002201 :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002202 Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the
2203 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information.
2204
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002205 :term:`EXTRA_OECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002206 Additional ``configure`` script options. See
2207 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for
2208 additional information on passing configure script options.
2209
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002210 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002211 Additional GNU ``make`` options.
2212
2213 Because the ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` defaults to "", you need to set the
2214 variable to specify any required GNU options.
2215
2216 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and
2217 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of
2218 ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` to pass the required flags.
2219
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002220 :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002221 When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this
2222 variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass
2223 to the ``scons`` command line.
2224
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002225 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002226 When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>`
2227 class, this variable provides image level user and group operations.
2228 This is a more global method of providing user and group
2229 configuration as compared to using the
2230 :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and
2231 group configurations to a specific recipe.
2232
2233 The set list of commands you can configure using the
2234 ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002235 commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002236
2237 # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
2238 # useradd -p '' tester; \
2239 # groupadd developers; \
2240 # userdel nobody; \
2241 # groupdel -g video; \
2242 # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \
2243 # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \
2244 # "
2245
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05002246 Additionally there is a special ``passwd-expire`` command that will
2247 cause the password for a user to be expired and thus force changing it
2248 on first login, for example::
2249
2250 EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS += " useradd myuser; passwd-expire myuser;"
2251
2252 .. note::
2253
2254 At present, ``passwd-expire`` may only work for remote logins when
2255 using OpenSSH and not dropbear as an SSH server.
2256
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002257 :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002258 Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific
2259 item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
2260 When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002261 the feature item as an override. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002262
2263 FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2"
2264
2265 In this example, if "widget" were added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``,
2266 package1 and package2 would be included in the image.
2267
2268 .. note::
2269
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002270 Packages installed by features defined through ``FEATURE_PACKAGES``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002271 are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002272 confuse the ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` variable with package groups, which
2273 are discussed elsewhere in the documentation.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002274
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002275 :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002276 Points to the base URL of the server and location within the
2277 document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by
2278 OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set
2279 this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
2280
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002281 Consider the following example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002282
2283 FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir"
2284
2285 This example assumes you are serving
2286 your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory
2287 named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's
2288 document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates
2289 a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with
2290 the feed.
2291
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002292 :term:`FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002293 The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The
2294 :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages
2295 generated by a recipe.
2296
2297 To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that
2298 identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated
2299 list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002300 part of the resulting package. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002301
2302 FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile"
2303
2304 .. note::
2305
2306 - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using
2307 Python's
2308 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_
2309 syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by
2310 following the previous link.
2311
2312 - When specifying paths as part of the ``FILES`` variable, it is
2313 good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example,
2314 use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}``
2315 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these
2316 variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in
2317 the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also
2318 find the default values of the various ``FILES_*`` variables in
2319 this file.
2320
2321 If some of the files you provide with the ``FILES`` variable are
2322 editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the
2323 package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you
2324 can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See
2325 the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on
2326 how to identify these files to the PMS.
2327
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002328 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002329 Defines the file specification to match
2330 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words,
2331 ``FILES_SOLIBSDEV`` defines the full path name of the development
2332 symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform.
2333
2334 The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002335 set::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002336
2337 FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}"
2338
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002339 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002340 Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
2341 looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append
2342 files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes
2343 are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH`
2344 variable. You can extend ``FILESPATH`` variable by using
2345 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``.
2346
2347 Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using
2348 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002349 prepend paths as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002350
2351 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
2352
2353 In the above example, the build system first
2354 looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the
2355 corresponding append file.
2356
2357 .. note::
2358
2359 When extending ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``, be sure to use the immediate
2360 expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that
2361 BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the
2362 directive is encountered rather than at some later time when
2363 expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the
2364 files you need.
2365
2366 Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are
2367 prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you
2368 are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories
2369 to the search path.
2370
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002371 Here is another common use::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002372
2373 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:"
2374
2375 In this example, the build system extends the
2376 ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is
2377 in the same directory as the corresponding append file.
2378
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002379 This next example specifically adds three paths::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002380
2381 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:"
2382
2383 A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include
2384 a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002385 in a BSP layer::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002386
2387 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
2388
2389 The previous statement appears in the
2390 ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002391 :ref:`overview-manual/development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002392 ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine
2393 override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
2394 definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines.
2395
2396 .. note::
2397
2398 For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002399 the value of ``MACHINE``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002400
2401 By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append
2402 files that reside in different layers but are used for the same
2403 recipe to correctly extend the path.
2404
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002405 :term:`FILESOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002406 A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the
2407 OpenEmbedded build system for creating
2408 :term:`FILESPATH`. The ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable
2409 uses overrides to automatically extend the
2410 :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how
2411 that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable
2412 description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides
2413 are handled in the
2414 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
2415 section of the BitBake User Manual.
2416
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002417 By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002418
2419 FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}"
2420
2421 .. note::
2422
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002423 Do not hand-edit the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable. The values match up
2424 with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the
2425 build system.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002426
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002427 :term:`FILESPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002428 The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses
2429 when searching for patches and files.
2430
2431 During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in
2432 ``FILESPATH`` in the specified order when looking for files and
2433 patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's
2434 :term:`SRC_URI` statements.
2435
2436 The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the
2437 ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002438 :term:`Source Directory`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002439
2440 FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \
2441 "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}"
2442
2443 The
2444 ``FILESPATH`` variable is automatically extended using the overrides
2445 from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable.
2446
2447 .. note::
2448
2449 - Do not hand-edit the ``FILESPATH`` variable. If you want the
2450 build system to look in directories other than the defaults,
2451 extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
2452 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable.
2453
2454 - Be aware that the default ``FILESPATH`` directories do not map
2455 to directories in custom layers where append files
2456 (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find
2457 patches or files that reside with your append files, you need
2458 to extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
2459 ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` variable.
2460
2461 You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07002462 example, consider a case where there is the following directory structure
2463 for general and machine-specific configurations::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002464
2465 files/defconfig
2466 files/MACHINEA/defconfig
2467 files/MACHINEB/defconfig
2468
2469 Also in the example, the ``SRC_URI`` statement contains
2470 "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set
2471 :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build
2472 system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set ``MACHINE`` to
2473 "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``.
2474 Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the
2475 build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``.
2476
2477 You can find out more about the patching process in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002478 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:patching`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002479 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002480 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:patching code`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002481 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the
2482 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well.
2483
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002484 :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002485 Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part
2486 of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose
2487 you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups
2488 and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the
2489 packages themselves but this is not always possible.
2490
2491 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``,
2492 which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`.
2493 If you create your own file
2494 permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the
2495 distro's layer.
2496
2497 You define the ``FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`` variable in the
2498 ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`,
2499 to point to your custom
2500 ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions
2501 setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined
2502 within the :term:`BBPATH` variable.
2503
2504 For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings
2505 table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``.
2506
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002507 :term:`FIT_DESC`
2508 Specifies the description string encoded into a fitImage. The default
2509 value is set by the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>`
2510 class as follows::
2511
2512 FIT_DESC ?= "U-Boot fitImage for ${DISTRO_NAME}/${PV}/${MACHINE}"
2513
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002514 :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002515 Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they
2516 don't already exist. The keys are created in ``UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR``.
2517 The default value is 0.
2518
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002519 :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002520 Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256.
2521
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05002522 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`
2523 Compression algorithm to use for the kernel image inside the FIT Image.
2524 At present, the only supported values are "gzip" (default) or "none"
2525 If you set this variable to anything other than "none" you may also need
2526 to set :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`.
2527
2528 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`
2529 File extension corresponding to :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`. The default
2530 value is ".gz".
2531
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002532 :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002533 Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing
2534 fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to
2535 use.
2536
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002537 :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002538 Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage.
2539 The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode
2540 and new for generating new keys.
2541
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002542 :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS`
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05002543 Format for public key certificate used in signing fitImage.
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002544 The default value is "x509".
2545
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002546 :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002547 Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image.
2548 For e.g. rsa2048.
2549
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002550 :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002551 Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default
2552 value is "2048".
2553
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002554 :term:`FIT_SIGN_INDIVIDUAL`
2555 If set to "1", then the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>`
2556 class will sign the kernel, dtb and ramdisk images individually in addition
2557 to signing the fitImage itself. This could be useful if you are
2558 intending to verify signatures in another context than booting via
2559 U-Boot.
2560
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002561 :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002562 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
2563 this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages.
2564 By default, the ``FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` is set to "fontconfig-utils".
2565
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002566 :term:`FONT_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002567 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
2568 this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to
2569 be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the ``fontcache`` class assumes
2570 that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
2571 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you
2572 need are in a package other than that main package.
2573
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002574 :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002575 Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED``
2576 during the generation of the root filesystem.
2577
2578 Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages.
2579
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002580 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION`
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07002581 The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002582 compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe
2583 ${DEBUG_FLAGS}".
2584
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002585 :term:`GCCPIE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002586 Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C
2587 Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented
2588 Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute.
2589
2590 By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002591 variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002592
2593 GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie"
2594
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002595 :term:`GCCVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002596 Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for
2597 compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002598 ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002599
2600 GCCVERSION ?= "8.%"
2601
2602 You can override this value by setting it in a
2603 configuration file such as the ``local.conf``.
2604
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002605 :term:`GDB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002606 The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger.
2607
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002608 :term:`GITDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002609 The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored
2610 when it is cloned.
2611
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002612 :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002613 Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish
2614 to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming.
2615
2616 .. note::
2617
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002618 If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set
2619 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002620
2621 You can set ``GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`` in your ``local.conf`` file.
2622 By default, all locales are generated.
2623 ::
2624
2625 GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8"
2626
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002627 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002628 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
2629 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
2630 passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the
2631 system when the package is installed.
2632
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002633 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002634
2635 GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev"
2636
2637 For information on the standard Linux shell command
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002638 ``groupadd``, see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002639
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002640 :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002641 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
2642 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
2643 passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members
2644 of a group when the package is installed.
2645
2646 For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``,
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06002647 see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002648
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002649 :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002650 Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics
2651 and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your
2652 ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics
2653 and serial in the menu.
2654
2655 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
2656 information on how this variable is used.
2657
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002658 :term:`GRUB_OPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002659 Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB)
2660 configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate
2661 multiple options.
2662
2663 The ``GRUB_OPTS`` variable is optional. See the
2664 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
2665 on how this variable is used.
2666
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002667 :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002668 Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the
2669 GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB).
2670
2671 The ``GRUB_TIMEOUT`` variable is optional. See the
2672 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
2673 on how this variable is used.
2674
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002675 :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002676 When inheriting the
2677 :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class,
2678 this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input
2679 method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other
2680 than the main package.
2681
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002682 :term:`HOMEPAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002683 Website where more information about the software the recipe is
2684 building can be found.
2685
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002686 :term:`HOST_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002687 The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as
2688 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system
2689 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
2690 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
2691 configurable:
2692
2693 - arm
2694 - i586
2695 - x86_64
2696 - powerpc
2697 - powerpc64
2698 - mips
2699 - mipsel
2700
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002701 :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002702 Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the
2703 C compiler.
2704
2705 Default initialization for ``HOST_CC_ARCH`` varies depending on what
2706 is being built:
2707
2708 - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the
2709 target
2710
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002711 - :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002712 ``-native``)
2713
2714 - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e.
2715 ``nativesdk-``)
2716
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002717 :term:`HOST_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002718 Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally
2719 the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can
2720 be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for
2721 ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and
2722 "linux-musleabi" values possible.
2723
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002724 :term:`HOST_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002725 Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. ``HOST_PREFIX``
2726 is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`.
2727
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002728 :term:`HOST_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002729 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
2730 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
2731 current recipe.
2732
2733 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
2734 on :term:`HOST_ARCH`,
2735 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and
2736 :term:`HOST_OS` variables.
2737
2738 .. note::
2739
2740 You do not need to set the variable yourself.
2741
2742 Consider these two examples:
2743
2744 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the
2745 value is "i686-linux".
2746
2747 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running
2748 Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
2749
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002750 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002751 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
2752 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
2753 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool
2754 specified in the value of ``HOSTTOOLS`` is not found on the build
2755 host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build
2756 is not started.
2757
2758 For additional information, see
2759 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`.
2760
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002761 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002762 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
2763 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
2764 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike
2765 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system
2766 does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of
2767 ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can
2768 use ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` to filter optional host tools.
2769
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002770 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002771 Specifies the name of the vendor. ``HOST_VENDOR`` is normally the
2772 same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`.
2773
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002774 :term:`ICECC_DISABLED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002775 Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more
2776 information on this function and best practices for using this
2777 variable, see the ":ref:`icecc.bbclass <ref-classes-icecc>`"
2778 section.
2779
2780 Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002781 function::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002782
2783 ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
2784
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002785 To enable the function, set the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002786
2787 ICECC_DISABLED = ""
2788
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002789 :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002790 Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This
2791 variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You
2792 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
2793
2794 If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded
2795 build system uses the default script provided by the
2796 ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not
2797 the one that comes with ``icecc``.
2798
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002799 :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002800 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
2801 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel
2802 compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x
2803 represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run.
2804
2805 .. note::
2806
2807 The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002808 network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002809
2810 If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the
2811 maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best
2812 performance could take some experimentation since machine speed,
2813 network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all
2814 affect build time. Consequently, unlike the
2815 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no
2816 rule-of-thumb for setting ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`` to achieve optimal
2817 performance.
2818
2819 If you do not set ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE``, the build system does not
2820 use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of
2821 cores as is done with ``PARALLEL_MAKE``).
2822
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002823 :term:`ICECC_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002824 The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in
2825 your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define
2826 this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts
2827 to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``.
2828
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002829 :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002830 Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
2831 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
2832 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2833 your ``local.conf`` file.
2834
2835 When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
2836 them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes
2837 you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
2838
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002839 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002840 Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
2841 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
2842 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2843 your ``local.conf`` file.
2844
2845 When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
2846 them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages
2847 you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
2848
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002849 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002850 Identifies user recipes that use an empty
2851 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to
2852 force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream
2853 distributed compile support. This variable is used by the
2854 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2855 your ``local.conf`` file.
2856
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002857 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002858 The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the
2859 recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``).
2860
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002861 :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002862 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
2863 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
2864 ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default,
2865 the files are
2866 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
2867 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
2868 (;). Source files need to be located in
2869 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002870 examples::
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002871
2872 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2"
2873 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio"
2874
2875 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
2876 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
2877 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
2878 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002879 Here are two examples::
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002880
2881 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*"
2882 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/"
2883
2884 The first example
2885 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/``
2886 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
2887 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
2888
2889 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002890 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002891 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
2892 material for Wic is located in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002893 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter.
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002894
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002895 :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002896 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
2897 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05002898 ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002899 the files are
2900 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
2901 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
2902 (;). Source files need to be located in
2903 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002904 examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002905
2906 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel"
2907 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}"
2908
2909 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
2910 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
2911 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
2912 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002913 Here are two examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002914
2915 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*"
2916 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/"
2917
2918 The first example
2919 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles``
2920 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
2921 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
2922
2923 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002924 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002925 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
2926 material for Wic is located in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002927 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002928
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002929 :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002930 A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use
2931 this variable to specify the list of classes that register the
2932 different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates.
2933
2934 The default value for ``IMAGE_CLASSES`` is ``image_types``. You can
2935 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution
2936 configuration file.
2937
2938 For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the
2939 :term:`Source Directory`.
2940
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002941 :term:`IMAGE_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002942 Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05002943 type, which corresponds to the value set in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002944 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``,
2945 ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002946 an override for the associated type. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002947
2948 IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \
2949 --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \
2950 ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}"
2951
2952 You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding
2953 support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this
2954 variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>`
2955 class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``.
2956
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002957 :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002958 Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that
2959 are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image.
2960 These files list basic device nodes that should be created under
2961 ``/dev`` within the image. If ``IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`` is not set,
2962 ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by
2963 :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write
2964 device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an
2965 example.
2966
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002967 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002968 The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you
2969 configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this
2970 variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the
2971 :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do
2972 not.
2973
2974 .. note::
2975
2976 To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002977 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002978
2979 For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05002980 the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002981
2982 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06002983 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002984 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2985
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06002986 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002987 Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the
2988 build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting
2989 ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05002990 filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05002991
2992 IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2"
2993
2994 For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can
2995 choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`.
2996
2997 .. note::
2998
2999 - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are
3000 setting ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` inside the recipe, you must set
3001 ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` prior to using the "inherit image" line.
3002
3003 - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this
3004 variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``_append``
3005 or ``_prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or
3006 more options to the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable.
3007
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003008 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003009 Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image
3010 through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the
3011 ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable with care to avoid ordering issues.
3012
3013 Image recipes set ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to specify the packages to
3014 install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally,
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07003015 there are "helper" classes such as the
3016 :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class which can
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003017 take lists used with ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` and turn them into
3018 auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its
3019 default contents.
3020
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003021 When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003022
3023 IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name"
3024
3025 Be sure to include the space
3026 between the quotation character and the start of the package name or
3027 names.
3028
3029 .. note::
3030
3031 - When working with a
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003032 :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003033 image, do not use the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable to specify
3034 packages for installation. Instead, use the
3035 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which
3036 allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a
3037 fixed set of packages and not be affected by ``IMAGE_INSTALL``.
3038 For information on creating an initramfs, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003039 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003040 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3041
3042 - Using ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` with the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003043 :ref:`+= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending (+=) and prepending (=+) with spaces>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003044 BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from
3045 within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator
3046 in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since
3047 ``core-image.bbclass`` sets ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to a default
3048 value using the
3049 :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>`
3050 operator, using a ``+=`` operation against ``IMAGE_INSTALL``
3051 results in unexpected behavior when used within
3052 ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from
3053 within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the
3054 specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is
3055 contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work.
3056
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003057 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003058 Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the
3059 root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system
3060 automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization,
3061 into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable
3062 ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already
3063 selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003064 an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003065
3066 IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de"
3067
3068 In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese
3069 and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are
3070 installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as
3071 ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages
3072 only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific
3073 language).
3074
3075 See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
3076 variable for information on generating GLIBC locales.
3077
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003078
3079 :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
3080 The name of the output image symlink (which does not include
3081 the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value
3082 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003083 variables::
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003084
3085 IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}"
3086
3087
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003088 :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003089 The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed
3090 packages that make up the image. The file contains package
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003091 information on a line-per-package basis as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003092
3093 packagename packagearch version
3094
3095 The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003096 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003097
3098 IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest"
3099
3100 The location is
3101 derived using the :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
3102 and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003103 information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:image generation`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003104 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
3105
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003106 :term:`IMAGE_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003107 The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable
3108 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`,
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003109 :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003110 variables::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003111
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003112 IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3113
3114 :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX`
3115 Suffix used for the image output file name - defaults to ``".rootfs"``
3116 to distinguish the image file from other files created during image
3117 building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can
3118 clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example,
3119 this is typically cleared in initramfs image recipes.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003120
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003121 :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003122 Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial
3123 image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk
3124 usage value for the image is greater than the sum of
3125 ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` and ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``. The result of
3126 the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk
3127 space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a
3128 multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in
3129 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to
3130 determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that
3131 post install scripts and the package management system uses disk
3132 space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does
3133 not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See
3134 ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` for information on how the build system
3135 determines the overall image size.
3136
3137 The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room
3138 to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a
3139 small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you
3140 can increase the default value. For example, the following setting
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003141 gives you 50% free space added to the image::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003142
3143 IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5"
3144
3145 Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is
3146 added to the image by using the ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``
3147 variable.
3148
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003149 :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003150 Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the
3151 OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by
3152 the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`,
3153 :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`,
3154 :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or
3155 :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class.
3156
3157 .. note::
3158
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003159 The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is
3160 recommended that you do not use it.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003161
3162 The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and
3163 :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE``
3164 for packaging up images and SDKs.
3165
3166 You should not set the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` manually. Rather, the
3167 variable is set indirectly through the appropriate
3168 :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the
3169 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The
3170 OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM,
3171 or IPK) that appears with the variable
3172
3173 .. note::
3174
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003175 Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute
3176 packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image
3177 or SDK.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003178
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003179 :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003180 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
3181 system creates the final image output files. You can specify
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003182 functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003183
3184 IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
3185
3186 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
3187 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
3188 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
3189 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
3190 information.
3191
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003192 :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003193 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
3194 system creates the final image output files. You can specify
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003195 functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003196
3197 IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
3198
3199 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
3200 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
3201 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
3202 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
3203 information.
3204
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003205 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003206 The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction
3207 (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This
3208 variable is not configurable. Do not change it.
3209
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003210 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003211 Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the
3212 size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is
3213 rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is
3214 "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for
3215 additional information.
3216
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003217 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003218 Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By
3219 default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added
3220 to the image after the build system determines the image size as
3221 described in ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE``.
3222
3223 This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a
3224 specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an
3225 image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003226 free disk space is available, set the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003227
3228 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880"
3229
3230 For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003231 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003232
3233 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040"
3234
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003235 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003236 Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded
3237 build system determines the final size for the generated image using
3238 an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for
3239 the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested
3240 additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically,
3241 the build system determines the final size of the generated image as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003242 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003243
3244 if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size:
3245 internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace
3246 else:
3247 internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace
3248 where:
3249 image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image.
3250 overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR
3251 rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
3252 internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications.
3253 xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
3254
3255 See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
3256 and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
3257 variables for related information.
3258
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003259 :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003260 Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003261 example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003262
3263 IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3"
3264
3265 In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is
3266 listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable,
3267 the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since
3268 one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted
3269 partition containing the root filesystem.
3270
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003271 :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003272 Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default:
3273
3274 - btrfs
3275 - container
3276 - cpio
3277 - cpio.gz
3278 - cpio.lz4
3279 - cpio.lzma
3280 - cpio.xz
3281 - cramfs
3282 - ext2
3283 - ext2.bz2
3284 - ext2.gz
3285 - ext2.lzma
3286 - ext3
3287 - ext3.gz
3288 - ext4
3289 - ext4.gz
3290 - f2fs
3291 - hddimg
3292 - iso
3293 - jffs2
3294 - jffs2.sum
3295 - multiubi
3296 - squashfs
3297 - squashfs-lz4
3298 - squashfs-lzo
3299 - squashfs-xz
3300 - tar
3301 - tar.bz2
3302 - tar.gz
3303 - tar.lz4
3304 - tar.xz
3305 - tar.zst
3306 - ubi
3307 - ubifs
3308 - wic
3309 - wic.bz2
3310 - wic.gz
3311 - wic.lzma
3312
3313 For more information about these types of images, see
3314 ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
3315
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003316 :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
3317 Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and
3318 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values.
3319 Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a
3320 version string that comes from your external build environment if
3321 desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across
3322 the build artifacts.
3323
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003324 :term:`INC_PR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003325 Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common
3326 ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the
3327 recipe revision as set from within an include file.
3328
3329 Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across
3330 several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its
3331 :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when
3332 the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find
3333 all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the
3334 updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get
3335 complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide
3336 common functionality are upgraded to a new revision.
3337
3338 A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the
3339 ``INC_PR`` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes
3340 share and then expand the ``INC_PR`` variable within the recipes to
3341 help define the recipe revision.
3342
3343 The following provides an example that shows how to use the
3344 ``INC_PR`` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the
3345 variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you
3346 can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You
3347 will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003348 granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003349
3350 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2"
3351 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1"
3352 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0"
3353 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3"
3354
3355 The
3356 first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be
3357 used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining
3358 lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the
3359 ``PR`` value is set.
3360
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003361 :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003362 Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would
3363 appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded
3364 from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed
3365 incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually
3366 licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted.
3367
3368 .. note::
3369
3370 This functionality is only regularly tested using the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003371 setting::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003372
3373 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0"
3374
3375
3376 Although you can use other settings, you might be required to
3377 remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that
3378 are required to produce a functional system image.
3379
3380 .. note::
3381
3382 It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be
3383 used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05003384 a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licenses
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003385 that are allowed. Then define ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` as::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003386
3387 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}"
3388
3389
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003390 This will result in ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` containing the names of
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05003391 all licenses from :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` except the ones specified
3392 in ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES``, thus only allowing the latter licenses to
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003393 be used.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003394
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003395 :term:`INHERIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003396 Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous
3397 functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base
3398 configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
3399 system ignores changes to ``INHERIT`` in individual recipes.
3400
3401 For more information on ``INHERIT``, see the
3402 :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`"
3403 section in the Bitbake User Manual.
3404
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003405 :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003406 Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is
3407 unlikely that you want to edit this variable.
3408
3409 The default value of the variable is set as follows in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003410 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003411
3412 INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license"
3413
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003414 :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003415 Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard
3416 C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`.
3417 This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any
3418 compilation using the C compiler.
3419
3420 Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from
3421 being added.
3422
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003423 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003424 Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug
3425 information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out
3426 debugging information during the
3427 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on
3428 how debug information is split out, see the
3429 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
3430 variable.
3431
3432 To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information
3433 during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003434 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003435
3436 INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1"
3437
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003438 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003439 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting
3440 packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source
3441 files.
3442
3443 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts
3444 the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``.
3445 Consequently, you should not set ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`` when you
3446 plan to debug in general.
3447
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003448 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003449 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the
3450 resulting sysroot.
3451
3452 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the
3453 resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the
3454 ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit
3455 this stripping.
3456
3457 If you want to use this variable, include the
3458 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a
3459 ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts
3460 accordingly.
3461
3462 .. note::
3463
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003464 Use of the ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable occurs in rare and
3465 special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building
3466 bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore,
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07003467 even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, there are other files
3468 needed for the build that are not strippable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003469
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003470 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003471 Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem
3472 (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the
3473 same as those supported by the
3474 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
3475
3476 The default value of this variable, which is set in the
3477 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the
3478 :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's
3479 initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem
3480 `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects
3481 an optionally compressed cpio archive.
3482
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003483 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003484 Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image
3485 recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
3486 image. In other words, the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable causes an
3487 additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root
3488 filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The
3489 initramfs image recipe you provide should set
3490 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to
3491 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`.
3492
3493 An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for
3494 early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate
3495 and mount the "real" root filesystem).
3496
3497 .. note::
3498
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003499 See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb``
3500 recipe in the :term:`Source Directory`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003501 for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003502 the one built to provide the initramfs image, set ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003503 to "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
3504
3505 You can also find more information by referencing the
3506 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in
3507 the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class,
3508 and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use
3509 the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable.
3510
3511 If ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` is empty, which is the default, then no
3512 initramfs image is built.
3513
3514 For more information, you can also see the
3515 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
3516 variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the
3517 kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003518 image, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003519 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3520
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003521 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003522 Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by
3523 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an
3524 extra pass
3525 (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during
3526 kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains
3527 both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
3528 image. This makes use of the
3529 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel
3530 feature.
3531
3532 .. note::
3533
3534 Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a
3535 circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs
3536 recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be
3537 the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the
3538 kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe
3539 since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image.
3540
3541 The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory,
3542 which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`.
3543
3544 Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the
3545 OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003546 initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003547
3548 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1"
3549
3550 By default, the
3551 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003552 null string as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003553
3554 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= ""
3555
3556 .. note::
3557
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003558 You must set the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`` variable in a
3559 configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003560
3561 See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003562 :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003563 file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003564 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003565 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3566
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003567 :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003568 The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
3569 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003570 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003571
3572 INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3573
3574 The value of the
3575 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003576 file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003577
3578 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3579
3580 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3581 information.
3582
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003583 :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003584 The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
3585 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003586 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003587
3588 INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3589
3590 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003591 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003592
3593 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3594
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003595 :term:`INITRD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003596 Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an
3597 initial RAM disk (``initrd``).
3598
3599 The ``INITRD`` variable is an optional variable used with the
3600 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
3601
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003602 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003603 When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when
3604 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"),
3605 ``INITRD_IMAGE`` specifies the image recipe that should be built to
3606 provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is
3607 "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
3608
3609 See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more
3610 information.
3611
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003612 :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003613 The filename of the initialization script as installed to
3614 ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``.
3615
3616 This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
3617 The variable is mandatory.
3618
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003619 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003620 A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages
3621 are specified, you need to append the package name to the other
3622 ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override.
3623
3624 This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
3625 The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN`
3626 variable.
3627
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003628 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003629 Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003630
3631 INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ."
3632
3633 In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script
3634 in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6.
3635
3636 The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the
3637 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class.
3638
3639 The value in ``INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`` is passed through to the
3640 ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters,
3641 please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at
Andrew Geisslerc3d88e42020-10-02 09:45:00 -05003642 https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003643
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003644 :term:`INSANE_SKIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003645 Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a
3646 recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so``
3647 files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the
3648 recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003649 is ``${PN}``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003650
3651 INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so"
3652
3653 See the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section for a
3654 list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable.
3655
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003656 :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003657 By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file.
3658 Set the ``INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`` variable to "0" at the
3659 configuration level to disable this behavior.
3660
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003661 :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003662 When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on
3663 the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the
3664 target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once
3665 the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades
3666 using the package manager at runtime.
3667
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003668 :term:`KARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003669 Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the
3670 configuration. Architectures supported for this release are:
3671
3672 - powerpc
3673 - i386
3674 - x86_64
3675 - arm
3676 - qemu
3677 - mips
3678
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003679 You define the ``KARCH`` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003680
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003681 :term:`KBRANCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003682 A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify
3683 the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a
3684 build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch
3685 you want is being used by the build process.
3686
3687 Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the
3688 kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the
3689 ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the
3690 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003691 is set as follows in that kernel recipe file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003692
3693 KBRANCH ?= "standard/base"
3694
3695 This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify
3696 the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target
3697 hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's
3698 append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the
3699 BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the
3700 Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA
3701 machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named
3702 ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003703 Here are the related statements from that append file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003704
3705 KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base"
3706 KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base"
3707 KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter"
3708 KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone"
3709
3710 The ``KBRANCH`` statements
3711 identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported
3712 BSP.
3713
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003714 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003715 When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
3716 class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use
3717 during a kernel build.
3718
3719 Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a
3720 build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you
3721 would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e.
3722 "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that
3723 is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the
3724 ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable and append the
3725 :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the
3726 ``defconfig`` file.
3727
3728 To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003729 using the following form::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003730
3731 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file
3732
3733 Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003734 a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig"::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003735
3736 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig"
3737
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003738 As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003739
3740 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file
3741
3742 For more
3743 information on how to use the ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06003744 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003745 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
3746
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07003747 :term:`KCONFIG_MODE`
3748 When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
3749 class, specifies the kernel configuration values to use for options
3750 not specified in the provided ``defconfig`` file. Valid options are::
3751
3752 KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig"
3753 KCONFIG_MODE = "allnoconfig"
3754
3755 In ``alldefconfig`` mode the options not explicitly specified will be
3756 assigned their Kconfig default value. In ``allnoconfig`` mode the
3757 options not explicitly specified will be disabled in the kernel
3758 config.
3759
3760 In case ``KCONFIG_MODE`` is not set the behaviour will depend on where
3761 the ``defconfig`` file is coming from. An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file
3762 will be handled in ``alldefconfig`` mode, a ``defconfig`` file placed
3763 in ``${WORKDIR}`` through a meta-layer will be handled in
3764 ``allnoconfig`` mode.
3765
3766 An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file can be selected via the
3767 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable. ``KCONFIG_MODE`` does not need to
3768 be explicitly set.
3769
3770 A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``allnoconfig`` mode can be
3771 generated by copying the ``.config`` file from a working Linux kernel
3772 build, renaming it to ``defconfig`` and placing it into the Linux
3773 kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your meta-layer. ``KCONFIG_MODE`` does
3774 not need to be explicitly set.
3775
3776 A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``alldefconfig`` mode can be
3777 generated using the
3778 :ref:`ref-tasks-savedefconfig`
3779 task and placed into the Linux kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your
3780 meta-layer. Explicitely set ``KCONFIG_MODE``::
3781
3782 KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig"
3783
3784
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003785 :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003786 Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to
3787 the kernel image type specified using the
3788 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable.
3789
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003790 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003791 Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the
3792 name of the artifacts by changing the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``
3793 variable.
3794
3795 The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the
3796 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003797 following default value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003798
3799 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3800
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06003801 See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE`
3802 and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003803
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003804 :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003805 A list of classes defining kernel image types that the
3806 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You
3807 typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An
3808 example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and
3809 resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register
3810 custom kernel image types with the ``kernel`` class using this
3811 variable.
3812
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003813 :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003814 Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e.
3815 the ``.dtb``) file.
3816
3817 .. note::
3818
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07003819 There is legacy support for specifying the full path to the device
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003820 tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003821
3822 In order to use this variable, the
3823 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
3824 be inherited.
3825
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003826 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003827 The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
3828 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003829 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003830
3831 KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3832
3833 The
3834 value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003835 the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003836
3837 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3838
3839 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3840 information.
3841
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003842 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003843 The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
3844 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003845 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003846
3847 KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3848
3849 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003850 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003851
3852 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3853
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06003854 :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS`
3855 Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build
3856 system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment
3857 variable).
3858
3859 In order to use this variable, the
3860 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
3861 be inherited.
3862
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003863 :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003864 Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded
3865 build system passes on when compiling the kernel.
3866
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003867 :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003868 Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build
3869 system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs)
3870 :term:`Metadata` is provided through the
3871 :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH`
3872 variables. You can use the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable from within
3873 the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for
3874 all BSPs or specific BSPs.
3875
3876 The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments
3877 and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as
3878 config fragments. You typically override the ``KERNEL_FEATURES``
3879 variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide
3880 validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features.
3881
3882 For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12``
3883 kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs
3884 as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003885 statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003886
3887 KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc"
3888 KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}"
3889 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc"
3890 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc"
3891 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc"
3892
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003893 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003894 The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
3895 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003896 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003897
3898 KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3899
3900 The value of the
3901 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003902 file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003903
3904 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3905
3906 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3907 information.
3908
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003909 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003910 The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
3911 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003912 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003913
3914 KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3915
3916 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003917 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003918
3919 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3920
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003921 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003922 The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003923 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003924
3925 KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3926
3927 The value of
3928 the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003929 file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003930
3931 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3932
3933 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3934 information.
3935
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003936 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003937 Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If
3938 ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is set, the size of the kernel image file is
3939 checked against the set value during the
3940 :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if
3941 the kernel image file is larger than the setting.
3942
3943 ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is useful for target devices that have a
3944 limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored.
3945
3946 By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the
3947 kernel image is not checked.
3948
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003949 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003950 The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003951 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003952
3953 KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3954
3955 The value of the
3956 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003957 which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003958
3959 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3960
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003961 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003962 The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine
3963 configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used
3964 when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to
3965 build.
3966
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06003967 If you want to build an alternate kernel image type in addition to that
3968 specified by ``KERNEL_IMAGETYPE``, use the :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
3969 variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003970
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06003971 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003972 Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot.
3973
3974 .. note::
3975
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05003976 This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003977 variable.
3978
3979 You can use the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` variable anywhere that it
3980 can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel
3981 module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution
3982 configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe
3983 itself).
3984
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003985 Specify it as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003986
3987 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3"
3988
3989 Including ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` causes the OpenEmbedded build
3990 system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with
3991 the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear
3992 one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05003993 case::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05003994
3995 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name"
3996
3997 For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with
3998 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable.
3999
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004000 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004001 Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system
4002 expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify
4003 configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to
4004 provide those module configurations, see the
4005 :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable.
4006
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004007 :term:`KERNEL_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004008 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
4009 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
4010 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
4011 how this variable is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004012 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004013 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
4014
4015 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
4016 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
4017 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to
4018 the ``KERNEL_PATH`` variable. Both variables are common variables
4019 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
4020
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004021 :term:`KERNEL_SRC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004022 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
4023 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
4024 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
4025 how this variable is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004026 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004027 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
4028
4029 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
4030 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
4031 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical
4032 to the ``KERNEL_SRC`` variable. Both variables are common variables
4033 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
4034
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004035 :term:`KERNEL_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004036 Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h``
4037 or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting
4038 this variable do not take affect until the kernel has been
4039 configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in
4040 contexts prior to configuration will not work.
4041
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004042 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004043 Specifies whether the data referenced through
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07004044 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004045 ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` does not control whether or not that data
4046 exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to
4047 use the data, set the ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` variable in your
4048 ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not
4049 needed avoids a potential dependency loop.
4050
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004051 :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004052 Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use
4053 this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration
4054 fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004055 to describe SMP being enabled::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004056
4057 define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP"
4058
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004059 :term:`KMACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004060 The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used
4061 by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the
4062 OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the
4063 OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common``
4064 goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel
4065 understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these,
4066 the ``KMACHINE`` variable maps the kernel machine name to the
4067 OpenEmbedded build system machine name.
4068
4069 These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux
4070 Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004071 ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004072
4073 LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0"
4074 COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}"
4075 SRCREV_meta_core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974"
4076 SRCREV_machine_core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711"
4077 KMACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32"
4078 KBRANCH_core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base"
4079 KERNEL_FEATURES_append_core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}"
4080
4081 The ``KMACHINE`` statement says
4082 that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32".
4083 However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as
4084 "core2-32-intel-common".
4085
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004086 :term:`KTYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004087 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
4088 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004089 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004090 section in the
4091 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
4092 kernel types.
4093
4094 You define the ``KTYPE`` variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004095 :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. The
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004096 value you use must match the value used for the
4097 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the
4098 kernel recipe.
4099
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004100 :term:`LABELS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004101 Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration.
4102
4103 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
4104 information on how this variable is used.
4105
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004106 :term:`LAYERDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004107 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends.
4108 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004109 by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004110
4111 LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
4112
4113 In this previous example,
4114 version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against
4115 :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``.
4116
4117 An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version
4118 numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in
4119 the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of
4120 the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``).
4121
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004122 :term:`LAYERDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004123 When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable
4124 provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not
4125 available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded
4126 immediately when parsing of the file completes.
4127
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004128 :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004129 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this
4130 layer.
4131
4132 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a
4133 recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004134 Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004135
4136 LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
4137
4138 In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared
4139 against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``.
4140
4141 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
4142 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
4143 ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``).
4144
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004145 :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004146 Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which
4147 a layer is compatible. Using the ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` variable
4148 allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the
4149 layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the
4150 system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new
4151 releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained).
4152
4153 To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use
4154 this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file.
4155 For the list, use the Yocto Project
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004156 :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g.
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004157 &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004158 layer, use a space-separated list::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004159
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004160 LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004161
4162 .. note::
4163
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004164 Setting ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` is required by the Yocto Project
4165 Compatible version 2 standard.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004166 The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable
4167 is not set for any given layer.
4168
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004169 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating your own layer`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004170 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4171
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004172 :term:`LAYERVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004173 Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You
4174 can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for
4175 another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer.
4176 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
4177 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
4178 ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``).
4179
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004180 :term:`LD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004181 The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker.
4182
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004183 :term:`LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004184 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported
4185 to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software
4186 being built during the compilation step.
4187
4188 Default initialization for ``LDFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
4189 being built:
4190
4191 - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the
4192 target
4193
4194 - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the
4195 build host (i.e. ``-native``)
4196
4197 - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for
4198 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
4199
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004200 :term:`LEAD_SONAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004201 Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``)
4202 that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its
4203 naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries.
4204
4205 This variable works in conjunction with the ``debian`` class.
4206
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004207 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004208 Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code.
4209
4210 This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code
4211 files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build
4212 failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any
4213 license change.
4214
4215 This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless
4216 :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED").
4217
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004218 For more information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:tracking license changes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004219 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4220
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004221 :term:`LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004222 The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules:
4223
4224 - Do not use spaces within individual license names.
4225
4226 - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice
4227 between licenses.
4228
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07004229 - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when there are
4230 multiple licenses for different parts of the source.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004231
4232 - You can use spaces between license names.
4233
4234 - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in
4235 ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the
4236 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in
4237 ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``.
4238
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004239 Here are some examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004240
4241 LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3"
4242 LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1"
4243 LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
4244
4245 The first example is from the
4246 recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either
4247 the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from
4248 Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code.
4249 The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single
4250 license.
4251
4252 You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle
4253 situations where components of the output have different licenses.
4254 For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2
4255 but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004256 Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004257
4258 LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2"
4259 LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2"
4260 LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2"
4261
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004262 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004263 Setting ``LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded
4264 build system to create an extra package (i.e.
4265 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add
4266 those packages to the
4267 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``_${PN}``.
4268
4269 The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in
4270 ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base
4271 name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and
4272 copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files
4273 from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in
4274 the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata
4275 and copies of files marked in
4276 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing
4277 license text).
4278
4279 For related information on providing license text, see the
4280 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the
4281 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004282 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004283 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4284
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004285 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004286 Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through
4287 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in
4288 order to allow the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags,
4289 separate them with spaces.
4290
4291 This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is
4292 typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses
4293 in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information,
4294 see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004295 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004296 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4297
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004298 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004299 Lists license flags that when specified in
4300 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not
4301 prevent that recipe from being built. This practice is otherwise
4302 known as "whitelisting" license flags. For more information, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004303 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004304 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4305
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004306 :term:`LICENSE_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004307 Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the
4308 OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the
4309 directory that holds common license text used during the build. The
4310 ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004311 areas that have additional licenses::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004312
4313 LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses"
4314
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004315 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004316 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
4317 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004318 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004319 section in the
4320 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
4321 kernel types.
4322
4323 If you do not specify a ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``, it defaults to
4324 "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the
4325 ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` variable defines the search arguments used by
4326 the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the
4327 kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources
4328 and configuration.
4329
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004330 :term:`LINUX_VERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004331 The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image
4332 being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define
4333 this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the
4334 ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004335 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004336
4337 LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24"
4338
4339 The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004340 for the recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004341
4342 PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}"
4343
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004344 :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004345 A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux
4346 kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this
4347 variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004348 recipes all define the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004349
4350 LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}"
4351
4352 Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel
4353 configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through
4354 the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004355 assuming it was set as previously shown::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004356
4357 $ uname -r
4358 3.7.0-rc8-custom
4359
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004360 :term:`LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004361 Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes
4362 overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``.
4363
4364 For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the
4365 :term:`T` variable.
4366
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004367 :term:`MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004368 Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define
4369 ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the
4370 :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to
4371 "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004372 using QEMU::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004373
4374 MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
4375
4376 The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same
4377 name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus,
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07004378 when ``MACHINE`` is set to "qemux86", the corresponding
4379 ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file can be found in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004380 the :term:`Source Directory` in
4381 ``meta/conf/machine``.
4382
4383 The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004384 include the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004385
4386 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm"
4387 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64"
4388 MACHINE ?= "qemumips"
4389 MACHINE ?= "qemumips64"
4390 MACHINE ?= "qemuppc"
4391 MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
4392 MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64"
4393 MACHINE ?= "genericx86"
4394 MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64"
4395 MACHINE ?= "beaglebone"
4396 MACHINE ?= "edgerouter"
4397
4398 The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware
4399 boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer.
4400
4401 .. note::
4402
4403 Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004404 configuration adds new possible settings for ``MACHINE``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004405
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004406 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004407 Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This
4408 variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or
4409 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit
4410 the ``MACHINE_ARCH`` variable.
4411
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004412 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004413 A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of
4414 the image being built. The build process depends on these packages
4415 being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential"
4416 variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot.
4417 The impact of this variable affects images based on
4418 ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
4419 image.
4420
4421 This variable is similar to the
4422 ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable with the exception
4423 that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's
4424 list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file
4425 in this list is not found.
4426
4427 As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building
4428 requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the
4429 hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004430 ``.conf`` configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004431
4432 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init"
4433
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004434 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004435 A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of
4436 the image being built. The build process does not depend on these
4437 packages being present. However, because this is a
4438 "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for
4439 the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based
4440 on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
4441 image.
4442
4443 This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS``
4444 variable with the exception that the image being built does not have
4445 a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other
4446 words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not
4447 found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel
4448 modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the
4449 kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be
4450 produced.
4451
4452 Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific
4453 touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However,
4454 the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on
4455 the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you
4456 want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the
4457 kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a
4458 "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will
4459 not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the
4460 package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004461 use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004462
4463 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123"
4464
4465 .. note::
4466
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004467 In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to
4468 explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake
4469 does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to
4470 satisfy the dependency.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004471
4472 Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen,
4473 keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine).
4474
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004475 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004476 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
4477 being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However,
4478 the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the
4479 packages being present.
4480
4481 This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
4482 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
4483 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
4484
4485 The variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable
4486 with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency
4487 on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will
4488 not build if a file in this list is not found.
4489
4490 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
4491 for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
4492 more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package
4493 containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to
4494 exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon
4495 finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the
4496 firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004497 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004498
4499 MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware"
4500
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004501 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004502 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
4503 being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image
4504 being built has no build dependency on this list of packages.
4505
4506 This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
4507 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
4508 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
4509
4510 This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` variable
4511 with the exception that the image being built does not have a build
4512 dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the
4513 image will build if a file in this list is not found.
4514
4515 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
4516 For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
4517 more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the
4518 package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the
4519 WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want
4520 the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package
4521 not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the
4522 module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004523 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004524
4525 MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi"
4526
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004527 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004528 Specifies the list of hardware features the
4529 :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related
4530 information on enabling features, see the
4531 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`,
4532 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and
4533 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables.
4534
4535 For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004536 shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004537
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004538 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004539 Features to be added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` if not also present in
4540 ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
4541
4542 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
4543 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
4544 the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004545 all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`"
4546 section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004547
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004548 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004549 Features from ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
4550 backfilled (i.e. added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES``) during the build. See
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004551 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004552
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004553 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004554 A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current
4555 machine. By default, this list includes the value of
4556 :term:`MACHINE`.
4557
4558 You can extend ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that
4559 should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU
4560 (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named
4561 ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004562 override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004563
4564 MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:"
4565
4566 This
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004567 override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004568 in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004569 recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004570
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004571 SRC_URI_append_qemuall = " file://wired.config \
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004572 file://wired-setup \
4573 "
4574
4575 The underlying mechanism behind
4576 ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` is simply that it is included in the default
4577 value of :term:`OVERRIDES`.
4578
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004579 :term:`MAINTAINER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004580 The email address of the distribution maintainer.
4581
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05004582 :term:`METADATA_BRANCH`
4583 The branch currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path
4584 determined by :term:`COREBASE`).
4585
4586 :term:`METADATA_REVISION`
4587 The revision currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path
4588 determined by :term:`COREBASE`).
4589
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004590 :term:`MIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004591 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
4592 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
4593 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
4594 build system tries locations defined by
4595 :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then
4596 locations specified by ``MIRRORS`` in that order.
4597
4598 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
4599 the default value for ``MIRRORS`` is defined in the
4600 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
4601
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004602 :term:`MLPREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004603 Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a
4604 special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The
4605 variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or
4606 removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable).
4607 ``MLPREFIX`` gets set when a prefix has been added to ``PN``.
4608
4609 .. note::
4610
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004611 The "ML" in ``MLPREFIX`` stands for "MultiLib". This representation is
4612 historical and comes from a time when ``nativesdk`` was a suffix
4613 rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When ``nativesdk`` was turned
4614 into a prefix, it made sense to set ``MLPREFIX`` for it as well.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004615
4616 To help understand when ``MLPREFIX`` might be needed, consider when
4617 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a
4618 ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version.
4619 If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other
4620 recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on
4621 "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on
4622 "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004623 get rewritten automatically::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004624
4625 do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo"
4626
4627 If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004628 following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004629
4630 do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo"
4631
4632 module_autoload
4633 This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``
4634 variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004635 with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004636
4637 module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm"
4638
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004639 should now be replaced with::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004640
4641 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm"
4642
4643 See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information.
4644
4645 module_conf
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06004646 Specifies `modprobe.d <https://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004647 syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf``
4648 file.
4649
4650 You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the
4651 kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine
4652 configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file
4653 for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you
4654 must also be sure to list the module name in the
4655 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
4656 variable.
4657
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004658 Here is the general syntax::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004659
4660 module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax"
4661
4662 You must use the kernel module name override.
4663
4664 Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on
4665 the exact syntax you want to provide with ``module_conf``.
4666
4667 Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to
4668 populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with
4669 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004670 ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004671
4672 module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2"
4673
4674 For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on
4675 boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable.
4676
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004677 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004678 Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to
4679 "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the
4680 kernel modules resulting from a kernel build.
4681
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004682 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004683 The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004684 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004685
4686 MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
4687
4688 The value
4689 of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004690 same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004691
4692 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
4693
4694 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information.
4695
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004696 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004697 The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004698 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004699
4700 MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
4701
4702 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004703 which is set in the same file, has the following value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004704
4705 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
4706
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004707 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004708 Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages
4709 are being built. This variable allows output for different types of
4710 target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same
4711 output directory.
4712
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004713 The default value of this variable is::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004714
4715 ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS}
4716
4717 Some classes (e.g.
4718 :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the
4719 ``MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`` value.
4720
4721 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the
4722 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information.
4723
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004724 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004725 A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the
4726 host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the
4727 ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For
4728 example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is
4729 "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the
4730 value resolves to "Unknown".
4731
4732 This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state
4733 packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with
4734 ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is
4735 checked against
4736 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that
4737 variable is set.
4738
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004739 :term:`NM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004740 The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``.
4741
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004742 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004743 Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07004744 recipe. There are packages, such as the linux-firmware package, with many
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004745 licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added
4746 occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files,
4747 which are only applicable to a specific package.
4748 ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` is used to allow copying a license that does
4749 not exist in common licenses.
4750
4751 The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004752 recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004753
4754 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source"
4755
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07004756 Here is an example that
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004757 uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004758 source::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004759
4760 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt"
4761
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004762 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004763 Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages.
4764 Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the
4765 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004766 ``NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable to "1" turns this feature on::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004767
4768 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1"
4769
4770 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
4771 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004772 override::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004773
4774 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "1"
4775
4776 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
4777 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
4778 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
4779 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
4780 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
4781
4782 .. note::
4783
4784 Some recommended packages might be required for certain system
4785 functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004786 packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004787
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07004788 This variable is only supported when using the IPK and RPM
4789 packaging backends. DEB is not supported.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004790
4791 See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and
4792 the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for
4793 related information.
4794
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004795 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004796 Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe
4797 requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the
4798 ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004799 content of the debug package. For example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004800
4801 NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1"
4802 FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*"
4803 FILES_${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/"
4804 FILES_${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch"
4805
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004806 :term:`OBJCOPY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004807 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``.
4808
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004809 :term:`OBJDUMP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004810 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``.
4811
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004812 :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004813 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
4814 this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed"
4815 command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts
4816 that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class
4817 results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the
4818 ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will
4819 use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout.
4820
4821 See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the
4822 :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class
4823 applies these additional sed command arguments. For general
4824 information on the ``binconfig`` class, see the
4825 ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
4826
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004827 :term:`OE_IMPORTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004828 An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what
4829 Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system.
4830
4831 .. note::
4832
4833 Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only.
4834
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004835 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004836 The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of
4837 setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default
4838 value is "oe-init-build-env".
4839
4840 If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the
4841 ``OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`` variable to its name.
4842
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004843 :term:`OE_TERMINAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004844 Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive
4845 terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake
4846 command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004847 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using a development shell`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004848 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4849
4850 You can use the following values for the ``OE_TERMINAL`` variable:
4851
4852 - auto
4853 - gnome
4854 - xfce
4855 - rxvt
4856 - screen
4857 - konsole
4858 - none
4859
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004860 :term:`OEROOT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004861 The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script
4862 is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004863 setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004864 script, the ``OEROOT`` variable resolves to the directory that
4865 contains the script.
4866
4867 For additional information on how this variable is used, see the
4868 initialization script.
4869
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004870 :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004871 Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced
4872 binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the
4873 Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``).
4874
4875 The default for this variable comes from the
4876 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this
4877 default by setting the variable in a custom distribution
4878 configuration file.
4879
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004880 :term:`OVERRIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004881 A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides
4882 are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively
4883 overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in
4884 ``OVERRIDES`` represents the "state" during building, which includes
4885 the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being
4886 built, and so forth.
4887
4888 As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in
4889 the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following
4890 assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004891 end of parsing::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004892
4893 FOO_an-override = "overridden"
4894
4895 See the
4896 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
4897 section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the
4898 overrides mechanism.
4899
4900 The default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes the values of the
4901 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`,
4902 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and
4903 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another
4904 important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override
4905 allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004906 (``.conf``) files. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004907
4908 FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value"
4909
4910 .. note::
4911
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004912 An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for ``OVERRIDES``
4913 in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004914 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing variable values`" section in the Yocto
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004915 Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004916
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004917 :term:`P`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004918 The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004919
4920 ${PN}-${PV}
4921
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004922 :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA`
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05004923 This variable defines additional metadata to add to packages.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004924
4925 You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages.
4926 This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as
4927 the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with
4928 the literal separator "\n".
4929
4930 The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable
4931 to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package
4932 specific by using the package name as a suffix.
4933
4934 You can find out more about applying this variable in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06004935 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004936 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4937
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004938 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004939 The architecture of the resulting package or packages.
4940
4941 By default, the value of this variable is set to
4942 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the
4943 target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the
4944 build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the
4945 SDK.
4946
4947 .. note::
4948
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004949 See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004950
4951 However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the
4952 target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the
4953 machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004954 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004955
4956 PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
4957
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004958 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004959 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine.
4960 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
4961 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
4962 of priority. The default value for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
4963 noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}".
4964
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004965 :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004966 Enables easily adding packages to ``PACKAGES`` before ``${PN}`` so
4967 that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be
4968 included in the default package.
4969
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06004970 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004971 This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file
4972 found in the ``conf`` folder of the
4973 :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the
4974 OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data.
4975
4976 You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the
4977 variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk
4978 package_tar"
4979
4980 .. note::
4981
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05004982 While it is a legal option, the ``package_tar``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004983 class has limited functionality due to no support for package
4984 dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that
4985 you do not use it.
4986
4987 The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the
4988 package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages
4989 will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05004990 For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05004991
4992 PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk"
4993
4994 The OpenEmbedded build system uses
4995 the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK.
4996
4997 For information on packaging and build performance effects as a
4998 result of the package manager in use, see the
4999 ":ref:`package.bbclass <ref-classes-package>`" section.
5000
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005001 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005002 Determines how to split up the binary and debug information when
5003 creating ``*-dbg`` packages to be used with the GNU Project Debugger
5004 (GDB).
5005
5006 With the ``PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`` variable, you can control
5007 where debug information, which can include or exclude source files,
5008 is stored:
5009
5010 - ".debug": Debug symbol files are placed next to the binary in a
5011 ``.debug`` directory on the target. For example, if a binary is
5012 installed into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol files are
5013 installed in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are placed in
5014 ``/usr/src/debug``.
5015
5016 - "debug-file-directory": Debug symbol files are placed under
5017 ``/usr/lib/debug`` on the target, and separated by the path from
5018 where the binary is installed. For example, if a binary is
5019 installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are
5020 installed in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``. Source files are placed in
5021 ``/usr/src/debug``.
5022
5023 - "debug-without-src": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
5024 described with the exception that no source files are installed.
5025
5026 - "debug-with-srcpkg": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
5027 described with the exception that all source files are placed in a
5028 separate ``*-src`` pkg. This is the default behavior.
5029
5030 You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005031 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging with the gnu project debugger (gdb) remotely`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005032 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5033
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005034 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005035 Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are
5036 installing complementary packages.
5037
5038 You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages
5039 when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you
5040 are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install
5041 ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a
5042 particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can
5043 use the ``PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`` variable to specify regular
5044 expressions to match the packages you want to exclude.
5045
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005046 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005047 Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005048 example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005049
5050 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
5051
5052 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
5053 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005054 override::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005055
5056 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name"
5057
5058 If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some
5059 other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's
5060 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build
5061 system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system
5062 halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with
5063 an iterative development process to remove specific components from a
5064 system.
5065
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07005066 This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM
5067 packaging backends. DEB is not supported.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005068
5069 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
5070 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for
5071 related information.
5072
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005073 :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005074 Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU.
5075 This variable is useful when you build for several different devices
5076 that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS.
5077
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005078 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005079 Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the
5080 package feed URIs during the build. When used, the
5081 ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variable is appended to the final package feed
5082 URI, which is constructed using the
5083 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and
5084 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
5085 variables.
5086
5087 .. note::
5088
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06005089 You can use the ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005090 variable to whitelist specific package architectures. If you do
5091 not need to whitelist specific architectures, which is a common
5092 case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in
5093 all available architectures for the current machine being included
5094 into remote package feeds.
5095
5096 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5097 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005098 defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005099
5100 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5101 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5102 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5103 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5104
5105 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005106
5107 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005108
5109 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5110 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5111 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5112 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5113 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5114 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5115 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5116 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5117
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005118 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005119 Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The
5120 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`` variable makes up the middle portion of a
5121 package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path
5122 lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
5123 and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
5124
5125 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5126 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005127 defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005128
5129 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5130 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5131 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5132 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5133
5134 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005135
5136 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005137
5138 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5139 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5140 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5141 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5142 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5143 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5144 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5145 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5146
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005147 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005148 Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the
5149 OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised
5150 of ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5151 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and
5152 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
5153
5154 Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
5155 ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005156 defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005157
5158 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5159 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5160 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5161 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5162
5163 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005164
5165 .. code-block:: none
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005166
5167 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5168 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5169 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5170 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5171 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5172 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5173 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5174 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5175
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005176 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005177 The final list of packages passed to the package manager for
5178 installation into the image.
5179
5180 Because the package manager controls actual installation of all
5181 packages, the list of packages passed using ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` is
5182 not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This
5183 variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in
5184 general, you should use the
5185 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify
5186 packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005187 the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005188 image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image,
5189 use the ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` variable. For information on creating an
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005190 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005191 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5192
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005193 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005194 Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts
5195 to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to
5196 install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable
5197 is generally not user-defined.
5198
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005199 :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005200 Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the
5201 :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out
5202 to individual packages.
5203
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005204 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005205 Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and
5206 pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your
5207 post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at rootfs
5208 creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool
5209 in order to execute, you need to list the tools in
5210 ``PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS``.
5211
5212 For information on running post-installation scripts, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005213 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:post-installation scripts`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005214 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5215
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005216 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005217 This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a
5218 recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in
5219 recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define
5220 feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005221 multiple lines for readability)::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005222
5223 PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..."
5224 PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\
5225 --with-f1, \
5226 --without-f1, \
5227 build-deps-for-f1, \
5228 runtime-deps-for-f1, \
5229 runtime-recommends-for-f1, \
5230 packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1"
5231 PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\
5232 ... and so on and so on ...
5233
5234 The ``PACKAGECONFIG`` variable itself specifies a space-separated
5235 list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can
5236 determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six
5237 order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can
5238 omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The
5239 order is important and specifies the following:
5240
5241 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script
5242 argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
5243 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if
5244 the feature is enabled.
5245
5246 2. Extra arguments that should be added to ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or
5247 ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` if the feature is disabled.
5248
5249 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`)
5250 that should be added if the feature is enabled.
5251
5252 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`)
5253 that should be added if the feature is enabled.
5254
5255 5. Additional runtime recommendations
5256 (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if
5257 the feature is enabled.
5258
5259 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) ``PACKAGECONFIG``
5260 settings for this feature.
5261
5262 Consider the following ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block taken from the
5263 ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has
5264 three arguments that determine the feature's behavior.
5265 ::
5266
5267 PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3"
5268
5269 The
5270 ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is
5271 enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure
5272 script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to ``DEPENDS``. On the
5273 other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend``
5274 file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is
5275 added to the configure script instead.
5276
5277 The basic ``PACKAGECONFIG`` structure previously described holds true
5278 regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block.
5279 When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe.
5280
5281 If you want to change an existing ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block, you can do
5282 so one of two ways:
5283
5284 - *Append file:* Create an append file named
5285 recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of
5286 ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005287 variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005288
5289 PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5"
5290
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005291 Or, you can just append the variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005292
5293 PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4"
5294
5295 - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the
5296 block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf``
5297 or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005298 described, you can either completely override the variable::
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005299
5300 PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5"
5301
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005302 Or, you can just amend the variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005303
5304 PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4"
5305
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005306 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005307 A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the
5308 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting.
5309
5310 Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and
5311 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` to
5312 pass ``PACKAGECONFIG`` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``,
5313 respectively. If you are using ``PACKAGECONFIG`` but not a class that
5314 handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use
5315 ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` appropriately.
5316
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005317 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005318 For recipes inheriting the
5319 :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting
5320 ``PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`` to "1" specifies that the
5321 normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth)
5322 should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe,
5323 which is the default behavior.
5324
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005325 :term:`PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005326 The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005327 following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005328
5329 ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN}
5330
5331 During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task
5332 goes through ``PACKAGES`` and uses the :term:`FILES`
5333 variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the
5334 package. If a file matches the ``FILES`` variable for more than one
5335 package in ``PACKAGES``, it will be assigned to the earliest
5336 (leftmost) package.
5337
5338 Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of
5339 the patterns in ``FILES_``\ pkg match any files installed by the
5340 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated,
5341 unless generation is forced through the
5342 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable.
5343
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005344 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005345 A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for
5346 optional modules that are found in other recipes.
5347 ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it
5348 only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard,
5349 runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another
5350 package is satisfied at build time through the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC``
5351 variable, but a package with the module name is never actually
5352 produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt
5353 to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency
5354 failure from the packaging system during the
5355 :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
5356
5357 Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and
5358 the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being
5359 satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
5360 (a soft runtime dependency) instead of ``RDEPENDS``.
5361
5362 For an example of how to use the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` variable when
5363 you are splitting packages, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005364 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005365 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5366
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005367 :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005368 Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of
5369 files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this
5370 variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to
5371 perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function
5372 should set :term:`PACKAGES`,
5373 :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and
5374 other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the
5375 desired splitting.
5376
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005377 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005378 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
5379 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify
5380 parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is
5381 usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of
5382 parallel threads ``make`` can run.
5383
5384 .. note::
5385
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005386 In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` to be effective, ``make`` must be
5387 called with ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy way to ensure
5388 this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005389
5390 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this
5391 variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses.
5392
5393 .. note::
5394
5395 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005396 the ``do_compile`` task that result in race conditions, you can clear
5397 the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For
5398 information on addressing race conditions, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005399 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005400 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005401
5402 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
5403 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
5404 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
5405 CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable is
5406 not set higher than "-j 20".
5407
5408 For more information on speeding up builds, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005409 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005410 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5411
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005412 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005413 Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the
5414 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify
5415 parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of
5416 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`.
5417
5418 .. note::
5419
5420 In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` to be effective, ``make`` must
5421 be called with
5422 ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy
5423 way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
5424
5425 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
5426 the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can
5427 clear the ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` variable within the recipe as a
5428 workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005429 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005430 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5431
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005432 :term:`PATCHRESOLVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005433 Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this
5434 variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user".
5435
5436 The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the
5437 OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting
5438 the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and
5439 places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the
5440 conflicts.
5441
5442 Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
5443
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005444 :term:`PATCHTOOL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005445 Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the
5446 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of
5447 three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used
5448 is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the
5449 quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being
5450 patched, it uses "patch".
5451
5452 If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005453 the recipe using one of the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005454
5455 PATCHTOOL = "patch"
5456 PATCHTOOL = "quilt"
5457 PATCHTOOL = "git"
5458
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005459 :term:`PE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005460 The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The
5461 variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme
5462 changes in some backwards incompatible way.
5463
5464 ``PE`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable.
5465
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005466 :term:`PF`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005467 Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and
5468 revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and
5469 ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following:
5470 ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`}
5471
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005472 :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005473 When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>`
5474 class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf
5475 loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache``
5476 class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
5477 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the
5478 loaders you need are in a package other than that main package.
5479
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005480 :term:`PKG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005481 The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build
5482 system.
5483
5484 .. note::
5485
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005486 When using the ``PKG`` variable, you must use a package name override.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005487
5488 For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class
5489 renames the output package, it does so by setting
5490 ``PKG_packagename``.
5491
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005492 :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005493 The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context.
5494 ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment.
5495
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005496 :term:`PKGD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005497 Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before
5498 they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005499 the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005500
5501 ${WORKDIR}/package
5502
5503 Do not change this default.
5504
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005505 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005506 Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated
5507 during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the
5508 :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data
5509 for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area.
5510 This directory defaults to the following, which you should not
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005511 change::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005512
5513 ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata
5514
5515 For examples of how this data is used, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005516 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005517 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005518 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005519 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more
5520 information on the shared, global-state directory, see
5521 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
5522
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005523 :term:`PKGDEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005524 Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they
5525 have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005526 the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005527
5528 ${WORKDIR}/packages-split
5529
5530 Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each
5531 package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change
5532 this default.
5533
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005534 :term:`PKGDESTWORK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005535 Points to a temporary work area where the
5536 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005537 The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005538
5539 ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata
5540
5541 Do not change this default.
5542
5543 The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the
5544 package metadata from ``PKGDESTWORK`` to
5545 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally.
5546
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005547 :term:`PKGE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005548 The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, ``PKGE``
5549 is set to :term:`PE`.
5550
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005551 :term:`PKGR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005552 The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
5553 ``PKGR`` is set to :term:`PR`.
5554
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005555 :term:`PKGV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005556 The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
5557 ``PKGV`` is set to :term:`PV`.
5558
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005559 :term:`PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005560 This variable can have two separate functions depending on the
5561 context: a recipe name or a resulting package name.
5562
5563 ``PN`` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the
5564 OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is
5565 normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the
5566 recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PN``
5567 will be "expat".
5568
5569 The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file
5570 created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system.
5571
5572 If applicable, the ``PN`` variable also contains any special suffix
5573 or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the
5574 native machine, ``PN`` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build
5575 packages for the target and for Multilib, ``PN`` would be ``bash``
5576 and ``lib64-bash``, respectively.
5577
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005578 :term:`PNBLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005579 Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build.
5580 This variable works in conjunction with the
5581 :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited
5582 globally.
5583
5584 To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST``
5585 variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005586 prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005587
5588 PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization."
5589
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005590 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005591 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
5592 system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005593 functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005594
5595 POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... "
5596
5597 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
5598 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
5599 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
5600 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
5601
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005602 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005603 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
5604 system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005605 functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005606
5607 POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... "
5608
5609 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
5610 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
5611 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
5612 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
5613
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005614 :term:`PR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005615 The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is
5616 "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the
5617 values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases,
5618 ``PR`` is conventionally reset to "r0".
5619
5620 .. note::
5621
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005622 The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of ``PR``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005623 to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005624 :ref:`input checksums <overview-manual/concepts:checksums (signatures)>` along with the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005625 :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005626 :ref:`overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005627 mechanisms.
5628
5629 The ``PR`` variable primarily becomes significant when a package
5630 manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In
5631 this case, ``PR``, which is the default value of
5632 :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which
5633 package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the
5634 same ``PV`` (i.e. ``PKGV``). A component having many packages with
5635 the same ``PV`` usually means that the packages all install the same
5636 upstream version, but with later (``PR``) version packages including
5637 packaging fixes.
5638
5639 .. note::
5640
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005641 ``PR`` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005642 package contents or metadata.
5643
5644 Because manually managing ``PR`` can be cumbersome and error-prone,
5645 an automated solution exists. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005646 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005647 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
5648
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005649 :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005650 If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines
5651 which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the
5652 preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the
5653 name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using
5654 the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005655 example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005656
5657 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
5658
5659 In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel".
5660 The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of
5661 the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel".
5662
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005663 Following are more examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005664
5665 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86"
5666 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa"
5667
5668 For more
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005669 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using virtual providers`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005670 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5671
5672 .. note::
5673
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005674 If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER``, then any
5675 recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined)
5676 by ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` is prevented from building, which is usually
5677 desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually
5678 exclusive alternative providers.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005679
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005680 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005681 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable
5682 determines which version should be given preference. You must always
5683 suffix the variable with the :term:`PN` you want to select (`python` in
5684 the first example below), and you should specify the :term:`PV`
5685 accordingly (`3.4.0` in the example).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005686
5687 The ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable supports limited wildcard use
5688 through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any
5689 number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions
5690 that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005691 two examples::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005692
5693 PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0"
5694 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%"
5695
5696 .. note::
5697
5698 The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the
5699 string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
5700 location of the string.
5701
5702 The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which
5703 does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename.
5704 For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005705 where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005706
5707 PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}"
5708
5709 In this case, the correct way to select
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005710 ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005711
5712 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%"
5713
5714 Compare that previous example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005715 against the following incorrect example, which does not work::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005716
5717 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git"
5718
5719 Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by
5720 configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use
5721 :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005722 override. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005723
5724 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%"
5725
5726 Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the
5727 "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005728 Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005729
5730 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%"
5731
5732 .. note::
5733
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005734 The ``\_forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override
5735 only works because the default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes "forcevariable".
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005736
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005737 If a recipe with the specified version is not available, a warning
5738 message will be shown. See :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` if you want this
5739 to be an error instead.
5740
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005741 :term:`PREMIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005742 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
5743 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
5744 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
5745 build system tries locations defined by ``PREMIRRORS``, the upstream
5746 source, and then locations specified by
5747 :term:`MIRRORS` in that order.
5748
5749 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
5750 the default value for ``PREMIRRORS`` is defined in the
5751 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
5752
5753 Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to
5754 attempt before any others by adding something like the following to
5755 the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005756 :term:`Build Directory`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005757
5758 PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\
5759 git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5760 ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5761 http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
5762 https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
5763
5764 These changes cause the
5765 build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and
5766 direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use
5767 ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as
5768 well.
5769
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005770 :term:`PRIORITY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005771 Indicates the importance of a package.
5772
5773 ``PRIORITY`` is considered to be part of the distribution policy
5774 because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for
5775 which the distribution is being produced. Thus, ``PRIORITY`` is not
5776 normally set within recipes.
5777
5778 You can set ``PRIORITY`` to "required", "standard", "extra", and
5779 "optional", which is the default.
5780
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005781 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005782 Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored
5783 by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This
5784 variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has
5785 its own private versions of a library normally provided by another
5786 recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the
5787 private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated
5788 packages that should instead depend on the package providing the
5789 standard version of the library.
5790
5791 Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005792 file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005793
5794 PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \
5795 libxpcom.so \
5796 libnspr4.so \
5797 libxul.so \
5798 libmozalloc.so \
5799 libplc4.so \
5800 libplds4.so"
5801
5802 For more information, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005803 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005804 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
5805
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005806 :term:`PROVIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005807 A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By
5808 default, a recipe's own ``PN`` is implicitly already in its
5809 ``PROVIDES`` list and therefore does not need to mention that it
5810 provides itself. If a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, the additional
5811 aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying
5812 dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by
5813 ``DEPENDS``.
5814
5815 Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005816 file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005817
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06005818 PROVIDES += "udev"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005819
5820 The ``PROVIDES`` statement
5821 results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev".
5822
5823 .. note::
5824
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06005825 A recipe's own recipe name (:term:`PN`) is always implicitly prepended
5826 to `PROVIDES`, so while using "+=" in the above example may not be
5827 strictly necessary it is recommended to avoid confusion.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005828
5829 In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the
5830 ``PROVIDES`` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A
5831 virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular
5832 functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the
5833 functionality in question list the virtual target in ``PROVIDES``.
5834 Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the
5835 virtual target in ``DEPENDS`` to leave the choice of provider open.
5836
5837 Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form
5838 "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part
5839 of the name and has no syntactical significance.
5840
5841 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is
5842 used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target.
5843
5844 .. note::
5845
5846 A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies
5847 (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any
5848 special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For
5849 example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of
5850 the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory.
5851
5852 Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005853 simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005854
5855 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev"
5856
5857
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005858 :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005859 The network based :term:`PR` service host and port.
5860
5861 The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the
5862 :term:`Source Directory` shows how the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005863 ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005864
5865 PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
5866
5867 You must
5868 set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005869 service <dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005870 set ``PRSERV_HOST`` to other values to use a remote PR service.
5871
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06005872
5873 :term:`PSEUDO_IGNORE_PATHS`
5874 A comma-separated (without spaces) list of path prefixes that should be ignored
5875 by pseudo when monitoring and recording file operations, in order to avoid
5876 problems with files being written to outside of the pseudo context and
5877 reduce pseudo's overhead. A path is ignored if it matches any prefix in the list
5878 and can include partial directory (or file) names.
5879
5880
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005881 :term:`PTEST_ENABLED`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005882 Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005883 Test <dev-manual/common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest)
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005884 functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set
5885 this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests
5886 at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it
5887 from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
5888
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005889 :term:`PV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005890 The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the
5891 recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named
5892 ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PV`` will be "2.0.1".
5893 ``PV`` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is
5894 building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code
5895 repository (e.g. Git or Subversion).
5896
5897 ``PV`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable.
5898
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005899 :term:`PYTHON_ABI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005900 When used by recipes that inherit the
5901 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005902 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, denotes the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005903 Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By
5904 default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the
5905 OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you.
5906
5907 The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory
5908 names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in
5909 sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``).
5910
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005911 Recipes that inherit the ``distutils3`` class during cross-builds also
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005912 use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the
5913 appropriate Python that the extension is targeting.
5914
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005915 :term:`PYTHON_PN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005916 When used by recipes that inherit the
5917 `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05005918 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, specifies the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005919 major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, ``PYTHON_PN`` would
5920 be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the
5921 OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you.
5922
5923 The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005924 following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005925
5926 DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native"
5927
5928 In the previous example,
5929 the version of the dependency is ``PYTHON_PN``.
5930
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005931 :term:`RANLIB`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005932 The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``.
5933
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005934 :term:`RCONFLICTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005935 The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages
5936 will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed.
5937
5938 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005939 conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005940
5941 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name"
5942
5943 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
5944 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
5945 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
5946 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005947 ``RCONFLICTS`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005948
5949 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
5950
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005951 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
5952
5953 - =
5954 - <
5955 - >
5956 - <=
5957 - >=
5958
5959 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005960 greater of the package ``foo``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005961
5962 RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
5963
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06005964 :term:`RDEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005965 Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other
5966 packages that must be installed in order for the package to function
5967 correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the
5968 package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05005969 installed::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005970
5971 RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz"
5972
5973 The most common types of package
5974 runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore,
5975 most recipes do not need to set ``RDEPENDS``. For more information,
5976 see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06005977 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005978 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
5979
5980 The practical effect of the above ``RDEPENDS`` assignment is that
5981 ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the
5982 package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05005983 :ref:`do_package_write_\* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05005984 Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used,
5985 which is determined by
5986 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the
5987 corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to
5988 also install the packages on which it depends.
5989
5990 To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the
5991 previous ``RDEPENDS`` assignment also causes a task dependency to be
5992 added. This dependency is from the recipe's
5993 :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with
5994 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the
5995 ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and
5996 ``baz``.
5997
5998 The names of the packages you list within ``RDEPENDS`` must be the
5999 names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although
6000 package names and recipe names usually match, the important point
6001 here is that you are providing package names within the ``RDEPENDS``
6002 variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from
6003 a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable.
6004
6005 Because the ``RDEPENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
6006 you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package
6007 name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For
6008 example, suppose you are building a development package that depends
6009 on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006010 ``RDEPENDS`` statement::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006011
6012 RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl"
6013
6014 In the example,
6015 the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the
6016 ``RDEPENDS`` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of
6017 the variable.
6018
6019 .. note::
6020
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006021 ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006022 by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006023 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove
6024 ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator
6025 rather than the "=" operator.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006026
6027 The package names you use with ``RDEPENDS`` must appear as they would
6028 in the ``PACKAGES`` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable
6029 allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the
6030 :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename
6031 packages), but this final package name cannot be used with
6032 ``RDEPENDS``, which makes sense as ``RDEPENDS`` is meant to be
6033 independent of the package format used.
6034
6035 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6036 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
6037 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6038 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006039 ``RDEPENDS`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006040
6041 RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6042
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006043 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6044
6045 - =
6046 - <
6047 - >
6048 - <=
6049 - >=
6050
6051 For version, provide the version number.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006052
6053 .. note::
6054
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006055 You can use ``EXTENDPKGV`` to provide a full package version
6056 specification.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006057
6058 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006059 greater of the package ``foo``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006060
6061 RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6062
6063 For information on build-time dependencies, see the
6064 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
6065 ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
6066 ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
6067 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
6068 dependencies.
6069
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006070 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006071 When inheriting the
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06006072 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006073 class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist
6074 in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build
6075 system to build the recipe. In other words, if the
6076 ``REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that does not
Andrew Geissler6ce62a22020-11-30 19:58:47 -06006077 appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
6078 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
6079 the recipe then an error will be triggered.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006080
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006081 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION`
6082 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable
6083 determines which version should be given preference.
6084 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` works in exactly the same manner as
6085 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`, except that if the specified version is not
6086 available then an error message is shown and the build fails
6087 immediately.
6088
6089 If both :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` and :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` are set
6090 for the same recipe, the :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` value applies.
6091
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006092 :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006093 With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes
6094 whose work directories should not be removed. See the
6095 ":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section for more
6096 details.
6097
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006098 :term:`ROOT_HOME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006099 Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006100 follows in the BitBake configuration file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006101
6102 ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root"
6103
6104 .. note::
6105
6106 This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions
6107 prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep
6108 writeable data in one place.
6109
6110 You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or
6111 in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak"
6112 assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006113 define your override::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006114
6115 ROOT_HOME = "/root"
6116 ROOT_HOME ?= "/root"
6117
6118 These
6119 override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly
6120 used override.
6121
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006122 :term:`ROOTFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006123 Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem.
6124
6125 The ``ROOTFS`` variable is an optional variable used with the
6126 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
6127
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006128 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006129 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
6130 system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006131 semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006132
6133 ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6134
6135 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6136 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6137 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6138 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6139 information.
6140
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006141 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006142 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
6143 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006144 separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006145
6146 ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6147
6148 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6149 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6150 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6151 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6152 information.
6153
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006154 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006155 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
6156 system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package
6157 management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed
6158 including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006159 You can specify functions separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006160
6161 ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6162
6163 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6164 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6165 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6166 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6167 information.
6168
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006169 :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006170 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
6171 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006172 separated by semicolons::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006173
6174 ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6175
6176 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6177 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6178 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6179 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6180 information.
6181
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006182 :term:`RPROVIDES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006183 A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These
6184 aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other
6185 packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by
6186 ``RDEPENDS``).
6187
6188 .. note::
6189
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006190 A package's own name is implicitly already in its ``RPROVIDES`` list.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006191
6192 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the
6193 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006194 example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006195
6196 RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2"
6197
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006198 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006199 A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being
6200 built. The package being built does not depend on this list of
6201 packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for
6202 extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see
6203 the ``RDEPENDS`` variable.
6204
6205 The package manager will automatically install the ``RRECOMMENDS``
6206 list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can
6207 prevent listed packages from being installed by using the
6208 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`,
6209 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and
6210 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables.
6211
6212 Packages specified in ``RRECOMMENDS`` need not actually be produced.
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07006213 However, there must be a recipe providing each package, either
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006214 through the :term:`PACKAGES` or
6215 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the
6216 :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur
6217 during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not
6218 produced, the build continues without error.
6219
6220 Because the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
6221 you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the
6222 particular package whose usability is being extended. For example,
6223 suppose you are building a development package that is extended to
6224 support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006225 following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006226
6227 RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name"
6228
6229 In the
6230 example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in
6231 the ``PACKAGES`` namespace before any renaming of the output package
6232 by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``.
6233
6234 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6235 specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending
6236 on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
6237 Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006238 ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006239
6240 RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6241
6242 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6243
6244 - =
6245 - <
6246 - >
6247 - <=
6248 - >=
6249
6250 For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006251 greater of the package ``foo``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006252
6253 RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6254
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006255 :term:`RREPLACES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006256 A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses
6257 this variable to determine which package should be installed to
6258 replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the
6259 other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of
6260 the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable.
6261
6262 As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006263 in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006264
6265 RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced"
6266
6267 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6268 specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies
6269 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6270 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006271 ``RREPLACES`` variable::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006272
6273 RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6274
6275 For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6276
6277 - =
6278 - <
6279 - >
6280 - <=
6281 - >=
6282
6283 For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006284 or greater of the package ``foo``::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006285
6286 RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6287
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006288 :term:`RSUGGESTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006289 A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation
6290 by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all
6291 package managers support this functionality.
6292
6293 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this
6294 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006295 example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006296
6297 RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package"
6298
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006299 :term:`S`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006300 The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where
6301 unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is
6302 ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``,
6303 where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe
6304 version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named
6305 anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is
6306 fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set
6307 ``S`` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where
6308 to find the unpacked source.
6309
6310 As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory`
6311 top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at
6312 ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006313 uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006314
6315 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19
6316
6317 The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder.
6318
6319 This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git
6320 repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during
6321 :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different
6322 from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006323 source can be located::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006324
6325 SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git"
6326 S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
6327
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006328 :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006329 Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for
6330 during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If
6331 any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then
6332 BitBake immediately exits with an error.
6333
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006334 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006335 A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has
6336 been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID
6337 followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or
6338 as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with
6339 explicit newline characters (``\n``). If ``SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`` is
6340 not empty and the current value of
6341 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the
6342 list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the
6343 current host distribution has not been tested as a build host.
6344
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006345 :term:`SDK_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006346 The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly
6347 set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`.
6348
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006349 :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF`
6350 When building the extensible SDK, if ``SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF`` is set to
6351 "1" and a ``conf/templateconf.conf`` file exists in the build directory
6352 (:term:`TOPDIR`) then this will be copied into the SDK.
6353
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006354 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006355 The directory set up and used by the
6356 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which
6357 the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006358 ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006359
6360 SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk"
6361
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006362 :term:`SDK_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006363 The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when
6364 creating SDK output. The
6365 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006366 the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006367
6368 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
6369
6370 .. note::
6371
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006372 The ``SDK_DIR`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
6373 ``WORKDIR``. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006374
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006375 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006376 Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the
6377 extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the
6378 required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value
6379 "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK.
6380
6381 .. note::
6382
6383 If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006384 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the
6385 artifacts to be fetched as needed.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006386
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006387 :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006388 The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all
6389 the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The
6390 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006391 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006392
6393 packagename packagearch version
6394
6395 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006396 defines the manifest file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006397
6398 SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest"
6399
6400 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
6401 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
6402
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006403 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006404 When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes
6405 in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data
6406 allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search
6407 results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map
6408 dependencies more effectively.
6409
6410 .. note::
6411
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006412 Enabling the ``SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006413 variable significantly increases build time because all of world
6414 needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases
6415 the size of the extensible SDK.
6416
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006417 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006418 When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible
6419 SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when
6420 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep
6421 the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable
6422 toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an
6423 IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional
6424 steps to install the toolchain.
6425
6426 The ``SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`` variable defaults to "0" if
6427 ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if
6428 ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "full".
6429
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006430 :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006431 A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT`
6432 value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The
6433 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006434 default value::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006435
6436 SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc"
6437
6438 Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK
6439 context. You can use this variable to disable those classes.
6440
6441 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6442 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006443 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006444 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6445 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6446
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006447 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006448 A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
6449 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually,
6450 these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the
6451 build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic
6452 within the extensible SDK.
6453
6454 By default, ``SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`` is set in the
6455 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and
6456 excludes the following variables:
6457
6458 - :term:`CONF_VERSION`
6459 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
6460 - :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS`
6461 - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
6462 - :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
6463 - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR`
6464 - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR`
6465 - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
6466
6467 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6468 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006469 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006470 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6471 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6472
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006473 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006474 A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
6475 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By
6476 default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the
6477 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class.
6478
6479 This list overrides the variables specified using the
6480 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
6481 variable as well as any variables identified by automatic
6482 blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the start of the
6483 value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not
6484 be valid on the system where the SDK is installed.
6485
6486 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6487 configuration, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006488 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006489 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6490 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6491
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006492 :term:`SDK_NAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006493 The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the
6494 :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`,
6495 :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
6496 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006497 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006498
6499 SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}"
6500
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006501 :term:`SDK_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006502 Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The
6503 default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`.
6504
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006505 :term:`SDK_OUTPUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006506 The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK
6507 output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>`
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006508 class defines the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006509
6510 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
6511 SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image"
6512 SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk"
6513
6514 .. note::
6515
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006516 The ``SDK_OUTPUT`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
6517 :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is
6518 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006519
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006520 :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006521 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine.
6522 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
6523 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
6524 of priority. The default value for ``SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
6525 noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}".
6526
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006527 :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006528 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
6529 system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by
6530 semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6531
6532 If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you
6533 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
6534 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
6535 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
6536
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006537 :term:`SDK_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006538 The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The
6539 OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``SDK_PREFIX`` value to set the
6540 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building
6541 ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-".
6542
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006543 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006544 A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default,
6545 the following tasks are added:
6546
6547 - do_populate_lic
6548 - do_package_qa
6549 - do_populate_sysroot
6550 - do_deploy
6551
6552 Despite the default value of "" for the
6553 ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable, the above four tasks are always added
6554 to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the
6555 ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable (e.g. you are defining additional
6556 tasks that are needed in order to build
6557 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`).
6558
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006559 :term:`SDK_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006560 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
6561 system, for which the SDK will be built.
6562
6563 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
6564 on :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
6565 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and
6566 :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the ``SDK_SYS``
6567 variable yourself.
6568
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006569 :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006570 The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all
6571 the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The
6572 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006573 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006574
6575 packagename packagearch version
6576
6577 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006578 defines the manifest file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006579
6580 SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest"
6581
6582 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
6583 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
6584
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006585 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006586 A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the
6587 standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}"
6588 (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built).
6589
6590 The ``SDK_TARGETS`` variable is an internal variable and typically
6591 would not be changed.
6592
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006593 :term:`SDK_TITLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006594 The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default,
6595 this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or
6596 :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the
6597 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006598 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006599
6600 SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK"
6601
6602 For the default distribution "poky",
6603 ``SDK_TITLE`` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)".
6604
6605 For information on how to change this default title, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006606 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006607 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6608 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6609
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006610 :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006611 An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set,
6612 the value is used as the default update server when running
6613 ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK.
6614
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006615 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006616 Specifies the name of the SDK vendor.
6617
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006618 :term:`SDK_VERSION`
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006619 Specifies the version of the SDK. The Poky distribution configuration file
6620 (``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) sets the default
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006621 ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006622
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006623 SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${METADATA_REVISION}', 'snapshot')}"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006624
6625 For additional information, see the
6626 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006627 :term:`METADATA_REVISION` variables.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006628
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006629 :term:`SDKEXTPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006630 The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By
6631 default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO`
6632 variable and is set in the
6633 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006634 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006635
6636 SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk"
6637
6638 For the
6639 default distribution "poky", the ``SDKEXTPATH`` is set to "poky_sdk".
6640
6641 For information on how to change this default directory, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006642 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006643 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6644 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6645
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006646 :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006647 Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006648 the SDK generated from an image using the following command::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006649
6650 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
6651
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006652 :term:`SDKMACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006653 The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is
6654 built such that it runs on the target you specify with the
6655 ``SDKMACHINE`` value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf``
6656 file under ``conf/machine-sdk/``.
6657
6658 You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this variable.
6659 The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the local.conf file in
6660 the Build Directory.
6661 ::
6662
6663 SDKMACHINE ?= "i686"
6664
6665 .. note::
6666
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006667 You cannot set the ``SDKMACHINE``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006668 variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the
6669 configuration will not take affect.
6670
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006671 :term:`SDKPATH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006672 Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that
6673 is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as
6674 the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's
6675 installation script. You can override the offered path when you run
6676 the script.
6677
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006678 :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006679 The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK
6680 as it will be when installed into the default
6681 :term:`SDKPATH`.
6682
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006683 :term:`SECTION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006684 The section in which packages should be categorized. Package
6685 management utilities can make use of this variable.
6686
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006687 :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006688 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
6689 building for the target. The flags are passed through the default
6690 value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable.
6691
6692 The ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable takes the value of
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07006693 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` unless :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` = "1", in which
6694 case the value of :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` is used.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006695
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006696 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006697 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
6698 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
6699 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006700 separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006701
6702 SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0"
6703
6704 .. note::
6705
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006706 The ``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` variable is deprecated. Please use the
6707 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006708
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006709 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006710 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
6711 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
6712 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006713 separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006714
6715 SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1"
6716
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006717 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006718 Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in
6719 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against
6720 ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable
6721 allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was
6722 listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006723 ``/proc/console``, you would do the following::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006724
6725 SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0"
6726
6727 This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006728 with systemd). Note that :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` also requires
6729 ``/etc/inittab`` to be writable when used with SysVinit. This makes it
6730 incompatible with customizations such as the following::
6731
6732 EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "read-only-rootfs"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006733
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006734 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006735 A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine
6736 signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006737 another recipe. For example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006738
6739 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2"
6740
6741 In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``.
6742
6743 You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the
6744 dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006745 side. Here is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006746
6747 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native"
6748
6749 In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore
6750 task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining
6751 their task signatures.
6752
6753 Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that
6754 affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes.
6755
6756 .. note::
6757
6758 If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship,
6759 the software might break during runtime if the interface of the
6760 second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built.
6761
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006762 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006763 A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change.
6764 The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the
6765 tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to
6766 remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task
6767 signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes.
6768
6769 .. note::
6770
6771 If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software
6772 might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed
6773 after the other had been built.
6774
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006775 :term:`SITEINFO_BITS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006776 Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value
6777 should be either "32" or "64".
6778
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006779 :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006780 Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value
6781 should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian.
6782
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006783 :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006784 Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM
6785 package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing
6786 prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``.
6787
6788 To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your
6789 ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your:
6790 :term:`Build Directory`.
6791 ::
6792
6793 SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1"
6794
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006795 :term:`SOC_FAMILY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006796 Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On
6797 Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that
6798 you include in the configuration files of all the machines.
6799
6800 .. note::
6801
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006802 You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this
6803 variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006804
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006805 :term:`SOLIBS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006806 Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform.
6807 By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is
6808 defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
6809
6810 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
6811 ``FILES_${PN}``.
6812
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006813 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006814 Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for
6815 shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is
6816 ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the
6817 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
6818
6819 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
6820 ``FILES_${PN}-dev``.
6821
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006822 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006823 When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e.
6824 creating a source mirror), setting ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`` to "1" in
6825 your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all
6826 recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is
6827 compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered
6828 incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or
6829 both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
6830 variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables
6831 specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current
6832 machine or host.
6833
6834 .. note::
6835
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006836 Do not set the ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006837 variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words,
6838 do not set the variable during a normal build.
6839
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006840 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006841 Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to
6842 first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream
6843 specified in :term:`SRC_URI`.
6844
6845 To use this variable, you must globally inherit the
6846 :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006847 the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006848
6849 INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
6850 SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror"
6851
6852 .. note::
6853
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05006854 You can specify only a single URL in ``SOURCE_MIRROR_URL``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006855
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006856 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006857 Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in
6858 ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default ``SPDXLICENSEMAP``
6859 mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file.
6860
6861 For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE`
6862 variable.
6863
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006864 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006865 A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded
6866 build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list
6867 specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such
6868 as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable.
6869
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006870 :term:`SPL_BINARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006871 The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices
6872 use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development
6873 board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL
6874 binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the
6875 U-Boot recipe.
6876
6877 The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05006878 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006879
6880 # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that
6881 # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the
6882 # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables
6883 # to allow packaging the SPL.
6884 SPL_BINARY ?= ""
6885 SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}"
6886 SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}"
6887 SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}"
6888
6889 The ``SPL_BINARY`` variable helps form
6890 various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system.
6891
6892 See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006893 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006894 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide
6895 for additional information.
6896
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06006897 :term:`SRC_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006898 The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the
6899 OpenEmbedded build system which bits to pull in for the build and how
6900 to pull them in. For example, if the recipe or append file only needs
6901 to fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses
6902 a single ``SRC_URI`` entry. On the other hand, if the recipe or
6903 append file needs to fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include
6904 a custom file, the recipe or append file would include four instances
6905 of the variable.
6906
6907 The following list explains the available URI protocols. URI
6908 protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake Fetcher
6909 submodules. Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL
6910 parameters are employed. For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006911 the ":ref:`Fetchers <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>`" section in the
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006912 BitBake User Manual.
6913
6914 - ``file://`` - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped
6915 with the :term:`Metadata`, from the local machine (e.g.
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06006916 :ref:`patch <overview-manual/concepts:patching>` files).
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006917 The path is relative to the :term:`FILESPATH`
6918 variable. Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the
6919 following directories, which are assumed to be a subdirectories of
6920 the directory in which the recipe file (``.bb``) or append file
6921 (``.bbappend``) resides:
6922
6923 - ``${BPN}`` - The base recipe name without any special suffix
6924 or version numbers.
6925
6926 - ``${BP}`` - ``${BPN}-${PV}``. The base recipe name and
6927 version but without any special package name suffix.
6928
6929 - *files -* Files within a directory, which is named ``files``
6930 and is also alongside the recipe or append file.
6931
6932 .. note::
6933
6934 If you want the build system to pick up files specified through
6935 a
6936 SRC_URI
6937 statement from your append file, you need to be sure to extend
6938 the
6939 FILESPATH
6940 variable by also using the
6941 FILESEXTRAPATHS
6942 variable from within your append file.
6943
6944 - ``bzr://`` - Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control
6945 repository.
6946
6947 - ``git://`` - Fetches files from a Git revision control
6948 repository.
6949
Andrew Geissler3b8a17c2021-04-15 15:55:55 -05006950 - ``osc://`` - Fetches files from an OSC (openSUSE Build service)
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006951 revision control repository.
6952
6953 - ``repo://`` - Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository.
6954
6955 - ``ccrc://`` - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository.
6956
6957 - ``http://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``http``.
6958
6959 - ``https://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``https``.
6960
6961 - ``ftp://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``ftp``.
6962
6963 - ``cvs://`` - Fetches files from a CVS revision control
6964 repository.
6965
6966 - ``hg://`` - Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision
6967 control repository.
6968
6969 - ``p4://`` - Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision
6970 control repository.
6971
6972 - ``ssh://`` - Fetches files from a secure shell.
6973
6974 - ``svn://`` - Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision
6975 control repository.
6976
6977 - ``npm://`` - Fetches JavaScript modules from a registry.
6978
Andrew Geissler95ac1b82021-03-31 14:34:31 -05006979 - ``az://`` - Fetches files from an Azure Storage account.
6980
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07006981 There are standard and recipe-specific options for ``SRC_URI``. Here are
6982 standard ones:
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05006983
6984 - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default
6985 action is to apply the patch.
6986
6987 - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the
6988 patch. The default level is 1.
6989
6990 - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should
6991 be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``.
6992
6993 Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision
6994 control system:
6995
6996 - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if
6997 :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than
6998 ``mindate``.
6999
7000 - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCDATE`` is not later
7001 than ``maxdate``.
7002
7003 - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to or
7004 greater than ``minrev``.
7005
7006 - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not later
7007 than ``maxrev``.
7008
7009 - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to
7010 ``rev``.
7011
7012 - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not equal to
7013 ``rev``.
7014
7015 Here are some additional options worth mentioning:
7016
7017 - ``unpack`` - Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is
7018 an archive. The default action is to unpack the file.
7019
7020 - ``destsuffix`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
7021 the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when
7022 the Git fetcher is used.
7023
7024 - ``subdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the
7025 specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the local (``file://``)
7026 fetcher is used.
7027
7028 - ``localdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
7029 the specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the CVS fetcher is
7030 used.
7031
7032 - ``subpath`` - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the
7033 tree when using the Git fetcher is used.
7034
7035 - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007036 ``SRC_URI`` checksums or :term:`SRCREV` when you have more than one
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007037 file or git repository specified in ``SRC_URI``. For example::
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007038
7039 SRC_URI = "git://example.com/foo.git;name=first \
7040 git://example.com/bar.git;name=second \
7041 http://example.com/file.tar.gz;name=third"
7042
7043 SRCREV_first = "f1d2d2f924e986ac86fdf7b36c94bcdf32beec15"
7044 SRCREV_second = "e242ed3bffccdf271b7fbaf34ed72d089537b42f"
7045 SRC_URI[third.sha256sum] = "13550350a8681c84c861aac2e5b440161c2b33a3e4f302ac680ca5b686de48de"
7046
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007047
7048 - ``downloadfilename`` - Specifies the filename used when storing
7049 the downloaded file.
7050
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007051 :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007052 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects
7053 whether ``SRC_URI`` contains files that are machine-specific. If so,
7054 the build system automatically changes ``PACKAGE_ARCH``. Setting this
7055 variable to "0" disables this behavior.
7056
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007057 :term:`SRCDATE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007058 The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable
7059 applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager
7060 (SCM).
7061
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007062 :term:`SRCPV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007063 Returns the version string of the current package. This string is
7064 used to help define the value of :term:`PV`.
7065
7066 The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
7067 configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007068 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007069
7070 SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}"
7071
7072 Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the
7073 ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``)
7074 located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007075 defines ``PV`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007076
7077 PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}"
7078
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007079 :term:`SRCREV`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007080 The revision of the source code used to build the package. This
7081 variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note
7082 that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid
7083 performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses
7084 your recipe, you should specify a ``SRCREV`` that is a full revision
7085 identifier and not just a tag.
7086
7087 .. note::
7088
7089 For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007090 of software using ``SRCREV``, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable
7091 description and the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007092 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007093 section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007094
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007095 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007096 The directory for the shared state cache.
7097
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007098 :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007099 If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in
7100 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when
7101 fetching from the network is disabled by setting ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` to
7102 "1". Using the ``SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`` variable is useful if
7103 you have set ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` to point to an internal server for
7104 your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching
7105 from the network.
7106
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007107 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007108 Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror
7109 locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the
7110 data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS`
7111 and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache
7112 locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects.
7113
7114 You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP
7115 or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state
7116 cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache
7117 you point to can also be from builds on other machines.
7118
7119 When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses
7120 a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure
7121 ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` with a regular expression that maps local search
7122 paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account
7123 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the
7124 :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the
7125 following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007126 server-provided path server_url_sstate_path::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007127
7128 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n"
7129
7130 If a mirror uses the same structure as
7131 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the
7132 end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the
7133 correct path within the directory structure.
7134 ::
7135
7136 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\
7137 file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
7138 file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH"
7139
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007140 :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007141 Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for
7142 hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated
7143 list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters
7144 allowed.
7145
7146 During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state
7147 (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots.
7148 That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation
7149 locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled
7150 by the ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` variable. Typically, recipes add files
7151 they want to be scanned to the value of ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` rather
7152 than the variable being comprehensively set. The
7153 :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list
7154 of files.
7155
7156 For details on the process, see the
7157 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class.
7158
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007159 :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007160 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7161 directory for the build host.
7162
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007163 :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007164 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7165 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7166 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7167
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007168 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007169 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7170 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7171 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7172
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007173 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007174 Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration
7175 scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other
7176 software that wants to make use of libraries or include files
7177 provided by the software associated with the script.
7178
7179 .. note::
7180
7181 This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007182 ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the
7183 library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use
7184 ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007185
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007186 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007187 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7188 directory for the build host.
7189
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007190 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007191 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7192 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7193 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7194
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007195 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007196 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7197 directory for the build host.
7198
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007199 :term:`STAGING_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007200 Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used
7201 during packaging.
7202
7203 For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs,
7204 see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007205 task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/extensible:sharing files between recipes`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007206 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007207 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:configuration, compilation, and staging`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007208 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the
7209 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable.
7210
7211 .. note::
7212
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007213 Recipes should never write files directly under the ``STAGING_DIR``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007214 directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the
7215 directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007216 ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007217 task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of
7218 those files into the sysroot.
7219
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007220 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007221 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which
7222 the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component).
7223 For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's
7224 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies
7225 files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the
7226 ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses
7227 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on
7228 the type of recipe and the build target, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` can
7229 have the following values:
7230
7231 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
7232 "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}".
7233
7234 - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty
7235 given the assumption that when building for the build host, the
7236 build host's own directories should be used.
7237
7238 .. note::
7239
7240 ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such
7241 as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into
7242 ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE``. When compiling ``-native`` recipes,
7243 standard build environment variables such as
7244 :term:`CPPFLAGS` and
7245 :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths
7246 and ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`` are searched for libraries and
7247 headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option.
7248
7249 Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables
7250 should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as
7251 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`,
7252 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and
7253 :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system
7254 root correspond to ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` makes conceptual sense
7255 for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and
7256 libraries.
7257
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007258 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007259 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building
7260 components that run on the build host itself.
7261
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007262 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007263 Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the
7264 component generates code. For components that do not generate code,
7265 which is the majority, ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` is set to match
7266 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
7267
7268 Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but
7269 those binaries in turn generate code for another different system
7270 (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the
7271 primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or
7272 different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries
7273 run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET"
7274 system. The ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` variable points to the sysroot used
7275 for the "HOST" system, while ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` points to the
7276 sysroot used for the "TARGET" system.
7277
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007278 :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007279 Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7280 directory for the build host.
7281
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007282 :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007283 Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7284 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7285 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7286
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007287 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007288 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
7289 sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being
7290 built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7291
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007292 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007293 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
7294 sysroot directory for the build host.
7295
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007296 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007297 Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts.
7298 Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts
7299 (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with
7300 the ``STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`` variable to find these artifacts
7301 after the kernel has been built.
7302
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007303 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007304 The directory with kernel headers that are required to build
7305 out-of-tree modules.
7306
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007307 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007308 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7309 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7310 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7311
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007312 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007313 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7314 directory for the build host.
7315
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007316 :term:`STAMP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007317 Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path
7318 to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and
7319 then appending additional information. Currently, the default
7320 assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007321 file is::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007322
7323 STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}"
7324
7325 For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a
7326 task should be rerun, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007327 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007328 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
7329
7330 See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`,
7331 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`,
7332 :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`,
7333 :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable
7334 information.
7335
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007336 :term:`STAMPS_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007337 Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system
7338 places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``.
7339
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007340 :term:`STRIP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007341 The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to
7342 strip symbols.
7343
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007344 :term:`SUMMARY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007345 The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for
7346 packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default,
7347 ``SUMMARY`` is used to define the
7348 :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if ``DESCRIPTION`` is
7349 not set in the recipe.
7350
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007351 :term:`SVNDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007352 The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are
7353 stored.
7354
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007355 :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007356 Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a
7357 console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007358 follows where "X" is the console number you want to use::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007359
7360 SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX"
7361
7362 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets
7363 this variable to null but then checks for a value later.
7364
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007365 :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007366 Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set
7367 this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options,
7368 separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``).
7369
7370 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable
7371 to create a set of options.
7372
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007373 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007374 Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off
7375 serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The
7376 variable's default value is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007377 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007378
7379 SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200"
7380
7381 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
7382
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007383 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007384 Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The
7385 variable's default value is set in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007386 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007387
7388 SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200"
7389
7390 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
7391
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007392 :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH`
7393 An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when
7394 you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe.
7395
7396 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this
7397 variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the
7398 splash screen.
7399
7400 :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007401 Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default
7402 "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``")
7403 where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the
7404 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task.
7405
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007406 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007407 Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the
7408 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007409 default, the following directories are staged::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007410
7411 SYSROOT_DIRS = " \
7412 ${includedir} \
7413 ${libdir} \
7414 ${base_libdir} \
7415 ${nonarch_base_libdir} \
7416 ${datadir} \
7417 "
7418
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007419 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007420 Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the
7421 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You
7422 can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of
7423 directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007424 staging. By default, the following directories are not staged::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007425
7426 SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \
7427 ${mandir} \
7428 ${docdir} \
7429 ${infodir} \
7430 ${datadir}/locale \
7431 ${datadir}/applications \
7432 ${datadir}/fonts \
7433 ${datadir}/pixmaps \
7434 "
7435
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007436 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007437 Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the
7438 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for
7439 ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in
7440 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007441 extra directories are staged::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007442
7443 SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \
7444 ${bindir} \
7445 ${sbindir} \
7446 ${base_bindir} \
7447 ${base_sbindir} \
7448 ${libexecdir} \
7449 ${sysconfdir} \
7450 ${localstatedir} \
7451 "
7452
7453 .. note::
7454
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007455 Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot
7456 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories
7457 containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007458
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007459 :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007460 A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the
7461 sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional
7462 processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files.
7463
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007464 :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007465 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7466 this variable specifies whether the specified service in
7467 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start
7468 automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to
7469 automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007470 :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007471
7472 SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable"
7473
7474 You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable".
7475
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007476 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007477 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7478 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the
7479 configuration file that should be used. By default, the
7480 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007481 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007482
7483 SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf"
7484
7485 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007486 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007487
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007488 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007489 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7490 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` variable specifies a
7491 list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot
7492 entry per file. By default, the
7493 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007494 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007495
7496 SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= ""
7497
7498 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007499 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007500
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007501 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007502 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7503 "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the
7504 boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the
7505 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007506 ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007507
7508 SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10"
7509
7510 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007511 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007512
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007513 :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007514 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7515 this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found
7516 in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES``
7517 variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007518 reside in the recipes main package::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007519
7520 SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}"
7521
7522 If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need
7523 to use ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` to list the package or packages in which
7524 the build system can find the systemd unit files.
7525
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007526 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007527 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7528 this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package.
7529
7530 When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name
7531 override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007532 an example from the connman recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007533
7534 SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service"
7535
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007536 :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007537 When using
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007538 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007539 specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007540 run a `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007541 (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to
7542 "0".
7543
7544 The default value for ``SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`` is "1" (i.e. only
7545 run a getty on the first virtual terminal).
7546
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007547 :term:`T`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007548 This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary
7549 files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007550 particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007551
7552 T = "${WORKDIR}/temp"
7553
7554 The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which
7555 BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf``
7556 file sets this variable.
7557
7558 The ``T`` variable is not to be confused with the
7559 :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of
7560 the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire
7561 build.
7562
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007563 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007564 The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system
7565 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
7566 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
7567 configurable:
7568
7569 - arm
7570 - i586
7571 - x86_64
7572 - powerpc
7573 - powerpc64
7574 - mips
7575 - mipsel
7576
7577 For additional information on machine architectures, see the
7578 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable.
7579
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007580 :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007581 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
7582 system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from
7583 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007584 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``)::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007585
7586 TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}"
7587
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007588 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007589 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
7590 system. ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` is initialized from
7591 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default.
7592
7593 .. note::
7594
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007595 It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to
7596 ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` in recipes that build software for the target that
7597 would not otherwise respect the exported ``LDFLAGS`` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007598
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007599 :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007600 This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application
7601 Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for
7602 cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not
7603 compatible with the kernel compilation. The ``TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH``
7604 variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a
7605 different configuration. See the
7606 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the
7607 :term:`Source Directory` for an example.
7608
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007609 :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007610 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
7611 target. When building in the target context,
7612 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
7613 default.
7614
7615 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the ``CFLAGS``
7616 variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` value so that
7617 executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied.
7618
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007619 :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007620 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
7621 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building
7622 in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the
7623 value of this variable by default.
7624
7625 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7626 ``CPPFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CPPFLAGS``
7627 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
7628 applied.
7629
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007630 :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007631 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
7632 target. When building in the target context,
7633 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
7634 by default.
7635
7636 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7637 ``CXXFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CXXFLAGS``
7638 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
7639 applied.
7640
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007641 :term:`TARGET_FPU`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007642 Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets,
7643 which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If
7644 not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance
7645 penalty.
7646
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007647 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007648 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
7649 ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from
7650 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007651 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``)::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007652
7653 TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}"
7654
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007655 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007656 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the
7657 target. When building in the target context,
7658 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
7659 by default.
7660
7661 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7662 :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the
7663 ``TARGET_LDFLAGS`` value so that executables built using the SDK also
7664 have the flags applied.
7665
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007666 :term:`TARGET_OS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007667 Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to
7668 "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl"
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07007669 for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, the possible values are
7670 "linux-gnueabi" and "linux-musleabi".
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007671
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007672 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007673 Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools.
7674
7675 Depending on the type of recipe and the build target,
7676 ``TARGET_PREFIX`` is set as follows:
7677
7678 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
7679 "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-".
7680
7681 - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the
7682 value of ``BUILD_PREFIX``.
7683
7684 - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the
7685 variable to the value of ``SDK_PREFIX``.
7686
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007687 :term:`TARGET_SYS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007688 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
7689 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
7690 current recipe.
7691
7692 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
7693 on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`,
7694 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and
7695 :term:`TARGET_OS` variables.
7696
7697 .. note::
7698
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007699 You do not need to set the ``TARGET_SYS`` variable yourself.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007700
7701 Consider these two examples:
7702
7703 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the
7704 value is "i686-linux".
7705
7706 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target
7707 running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
7708
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007709 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007710 Specifies the name of the target vendor.
7711
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007712 :term:`TCLIBC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007713 Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during
7714 the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no
7715 longer supported.
7716
7717 You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal"
7718
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007719 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007720 Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the
7721 :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the
7722 ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple
7723 variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this
7724 mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept
7725 separate to avoid potential conflicts.
7726
7727 In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of
7728 ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky,
7729 which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set
7730 ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting
7731 in no suffix being applied.
7732
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007733 :term:`TCMODE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007734 Specifies the toolchain selector. ``TCMODE`` controls the
7735 characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the
7736 OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default,
7737 the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The
7738 variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal
7739 toolchain.
7740
7741 .. note::
7742
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007743 If ``TCMODE`` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007744 responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the
7745 default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these
7746 components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for
7747 the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which
7748 the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007749 to the :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007750 page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE
7751 INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release.
7752
7753 The ``TCMODE`` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`,
7754 which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``)
7755 used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``.
7756
7757 With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external
7758 toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for
7759 this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics
7760 ``meta-sourcery`` layer at
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06007761 https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007762
7763 The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the
7764 Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must
7765 be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of
7766 the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable
7767 in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed
7768 the toolchain.
7769
7770 The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external
7771 toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding
7772 support for other external toolchains.
7773
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007774 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007775 The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when
7776 the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set
7777 to "1".
7778
7779 The ``TEST_EXPORT_DIR`` variable defaults to
7780 ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``.
7781
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007782 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007783 Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you
7784 do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a
7785 manner that you to run them outside of the build system.
7786
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007787 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007788 Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The
7789 ``TEST_LOG_DIR`` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``.
7790
7791 .. note::
7792
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007793 Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``),
7794 which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007795
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007796 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007797 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
7798 control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this
7799 command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action
7800 (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified
7801 command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or
7802 "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then
7803 power on) the device, respectively.
7804
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007805 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007806 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
7807 pass through to the command specified in
7808 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
7809 ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
7810 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
7811 non-machine-specific parts of the arguments.
7812
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007813 :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007814 The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated
7815 runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout
7816 period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500
7817 seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf``
7818 file.
7819
7820 For more information on testing images, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007821 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007822 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7823
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007824 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007825 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
7826 connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This
7827 command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward
7828 that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal
7829 program does.
7830
7831 For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007832 ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007833
7834 TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200"
7835
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007836 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007837 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
7838 pass through to the command specified in
7839 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
7840 ``TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
7841 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
7842 non-machine-specific parts of the command.
7843
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007844 :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007845 The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address
7846 is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this
7847 variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e.
7848 where the build is taking place).
7849
7850 .. note::
7851
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007852 The ``TEST_SERVER_IP`` variable is only used for a small number of
7853 tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages
7854 from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007855
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007856 :term:`TEST_SUITES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007857 An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when
7858 performing automated runtime testing.
7859
7860 The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can
7861 be used against images.
7862
7863 .. note::
7864
7865 Currently, there is only support for running these tests under
7866 QEMU.
7867
7868 Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add
7869 your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007870 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007871
7872 TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest"
7873
7874 Alternatively, you can
7875 provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against
7876 the image.
7877 ::
7878
7879 TEST_SUITES_append = " auto"
7880
7881 Using this option causes the
7882 build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the
7883 image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped.
7884
7885 The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on
7886 another test must appear later in the list than the test on which
7887 they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two
7888 tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007889 ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007890
7891 TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B"
7892
7893 For more information on testing images, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007894 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007895 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7896
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007897 :term:`TEST_TARGET`
7898 Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007899 test image. The default controller to use is "qemu"::
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007900
7901 TEST_TARGET = "qemu"
7902
7903 A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets
7904 deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend
7905 the controllers by adding a module in the layer's
7906 ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the
7907 ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used
7908 as a value of ``TEST_TARGET``.
7909
7910 You can provide the following arguments with ``TEST_TARGET``:
7911
7912 - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007913 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on qemu`" section
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007914 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
7915 information.
7916
7917 - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is
7918 already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it
7919 can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set
7920 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use
7921 "simpleremote".
7922
7923 .. note::
7924
7925 This argument is defined in
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05007926 ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``.
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007927
7928 For information on running tests on hardware, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007929 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on hardware`"
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007930 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7931
7932 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP`
7933 The IP address of your hardware under test. The ``TEST_TARGET_IP``
7934 variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is
7935 set to "qemu".
7936
7937 When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007938 an example::
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007939
7940 TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201"
7941
7942 Specifying a port is
7943 useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when
7944 your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not
7945 directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address
7946 translation.
7947
7948 :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007949 Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an
7950 image is successfully built. Setting ``TESTIMAGE_AUTO`` to "1" causes
7951 any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU.
7952 Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for
7953 which testing is requested is automatically built first.
7954
7955 These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest``
7956 module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system
7957 over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf``
7958 file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the
7959 OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an
7960 image successfully builds:
7961
7962 TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1"
7963
7964 For more information
7965 on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06007966 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007967 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
7968 ":ref:`testimage*.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`" section.
7969
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007970 :term:`THISDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007971 The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is
7972 located. Do not manually set this variable.
7973
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007974 :term:`TIME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007975 The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute,
7976 and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine
7977 seconds past 1400 hours).
7978
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06007979 :term:`TMPDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007980 This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system
7981 uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the
7982 shared state cache). By default, the ``TMPDIR`` variable points to
7983 ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`.
7984
7985 If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the
7986 default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05007987 ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05007988
7989 #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp"
7990
7991 An example use for this scenario is to set ``TMPDIR`` to a local disk,
7992 which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS.
7993
7994 The filesystem used by ``TMPDIR`` must have standard filesystem
7995 semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and
7996 persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some
7997 implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement.
7998 Consequently, ``TMPDIR`` cannot be on NFS.
7999
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008000 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008001 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
8002 building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The
8003 packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set
8004 that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each
8005 package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example,
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008006 consider the following command when building an SDK::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008007
8008 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
8009
8010 In this case, a default list of packages is
8011 set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the
8012 list. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008013 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008014 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
8015 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
8016
8017 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
8018 Yocto Project development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008019 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008020 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
8021 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008022 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008023
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008024 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008025 This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The
8026 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008027 the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008028
8029 TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}"
8030
8031 See
8032 the :term:`SDK_NAME` and
8033 :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional
8034 information.
8035
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008036 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008037 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
8038 it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the
8039 target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this
8040 variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs
8041 on the target. See the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008042 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008043 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
8044 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
8045
8046 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
8047 Yocto Project development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008048 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008049 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
8050 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008051 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008052
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008053 :term:`TOPDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008054 The top-level :term:`Build Directory`. BitBake
8055 automatically sets this variable when you initialize your build
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008056 environment using :ref:`structure-core-script`.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008057
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008058 :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008059 A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This
8060 variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where
8061 underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In
8062 this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in
8063 ``TARGET_ARCH``.
8064
8065 Do not edit this variable.
8066
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008067 :term:`TUNE_ARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008068 The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e.
8069 ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses
8070 this value to setup configuration.
8071
8072 ``TUNE_ARCH`` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The
8073 definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically
8074 adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at
8075 the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the
8076 ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the
8077 :term:`Source Directory` provides information for
8078 ``TUNE_ARCH`` specific to the ``mips`` architecture.
8079
8080 ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to
8081 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target
8082 machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008083 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008084
8085 TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}"
8086
8087 The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures
8088 are configurable, shows supported machine architectures:
8089
8090 - arm
8091 - i586
8092 - x86_64
8093 - powerpc
8094 - powerpc64
8095 - mips
8096 - mipsel
8097
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008098 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008099 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
8100 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8101 ``TUNE_ASARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8102 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8103 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
8104 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008105 for the x86 architecture as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008106
8107 TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}"
8108
8109 .. note::
8110
8111 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8112 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8113 supply its own set of flags).
8114
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008115 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008116 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
8117 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8118 ``TUNE_CCARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8119 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8120 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
8121
8122 .. note::
8123
8124 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8125 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8126 supply its own set of flags).
8127
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008128 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`
8129 Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific
8130 processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow
8131 arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on
8132 the features.
8133
8134 The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they
8135 are not conflicting and that they are supported.
8136
8137 The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008138 ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows::
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008139
8140 TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}"
8141
8142 See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information.
8143
8144 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008145 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
8146 The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8147 ``TUNE_LDARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
8148 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8149 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
8150 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008151 for the x86 architecture as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008152
8153 TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}"
8154
8155 .. note::
8156
8157 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8158 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8159 supply its own set of flags).
8160
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008161 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008162 The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define
8163 the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008164 tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008165
8166 TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune"
8167
8168 These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine
8169 include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008170 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008171
8172 TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32"
8173
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008174 :term:`TUNEABI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008175 An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by a particular
8176 tuning in a given toolchain layer. Providers that use prebuilt
8177 libraries can use the ``TUNEABI``,
8178 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and
8179 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variables to check
8180 compatibility of tunings against their selection of libraries.
8181
8182 If ``TUNEABI`` is undefined, then every tuning is allowed. See the
8183 :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the variable is
8184 used.
8185
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008186 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008187 If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the
8188 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variable.
8189 Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the
8190 ``TUNEABI_OVERRIDE``, ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, and
8191 :term:`TUNEABI` variables to check compatibility of a
8192 tuning against their selection of libraries.
8193
8194 See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
8195 variable is used.
8196
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008197 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008198 A whitelist of permissible :term:`TUNEABI` values. If
8199 ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST`` is not set, all tunes are allowed. Providers
8200 that use prebuilt libraries can use the ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``,
8201 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and ``TUNEABI``
8202 variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection
8203 of libraries.
8204
8205 See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
8206 variable is used.
8207
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008208 :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008209 Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features
8210 that conflict with feature.
8211
8212 Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in
8213 the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from
8214 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file
8215 that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32"
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008216 feature::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008217
8218 TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64"
8219
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008220 :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008221 Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning
8222 feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features
8223 are specified in the machine include files (e.g.
8224 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008225 from that file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008226
8227 TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode."
8228
8229 See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory`
8230 for these features.
8231
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008232 :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008233 Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can
8234 also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual
8235 cases.
8236
8237 Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. ::
8238
8239 UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd"
8240 UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard"
8241 UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config"
8242 UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs"
8243 UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config"
8244
8245 In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the
8246 ``UBOOT_MACHINE``. The "sd" configuration defines
8247 "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for ``UBOOT_MACHINE``, while the
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008248 "sdcard" specifies the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` to use for the U-Boot image.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008249
8250 For more information on how the ``UBOOT_CONFIG`` is handled, see the
8251 :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>`
8252 class.
8253
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008254 :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008255 Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-Boot. During FIT
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008256 image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
8257 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify
8258 the load address to be used in
8259 creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
8260
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008261 :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008262 Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-Boot. During FIT
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008263 image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
8264 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in
8265 creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
8266
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008267 :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008268 Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
8269 creation, the ``UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is passed as a
8270 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
8271
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008272 :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008273 Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
8274 creation, the ``UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`` variable is passed as a
8275 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
8276
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008277 :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008278 Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot
8279 image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built
8280 was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008281 "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008282
8283 UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto"
8284
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008285 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008286 Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building
8287 a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform
8288 configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine
8289 configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``).
8290
8291 Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type"
8292 section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable.
8293
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008294 :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008295 Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target
8296 is "all".
8297
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008298 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`
8299 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the
8300 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to assemble
8301 the FIT image. This can be used to substitute an alternative command, wrapper
8302 script or function if desired. The default is "uboot-mkimage".
8303
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008304 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008305 Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D'
8306 feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class.
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008307 If ``UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`` is not set then kernel-fitimage will not
8308 pass the ``-D`` option to mkimage.
8309
8310 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN`
8311 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the
8312 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to sign
8313 the FIT image after it has been assembled (if enabled). This can be used
8314 to substitute an alternative command, wrapper script or function if
8315 desired. The default is "${:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`}".
8316
8317 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN_ARGS`
8318 Optionally specifies additional arguments for the
8319 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to pass to the
8320 mkimage command when signing the FIT image.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008321
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008322 :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`
Andrew Geissler4873add2020-11-02 18:44:49 -06008323 Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image.
8324 During FIT image creation, the
8325 ``UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is used
8326 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
8327 entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
8328 the FIT image.
8329
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008330 :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`
8331 Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image.
8332 During FIT image creation, the
8333 ``UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used
8334 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
8335 load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
8336 the FIT image.
8337
8338 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008339 Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0".
8340
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008341 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008342 Location of the directory containing the RSA key and
8343 certificate used for signing FIT image.
8344
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008345 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME`
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008346 The name of keys used for signing U-Boot FIT image stored in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008347 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt
8348 certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have
8349 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev".
8350
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008351 :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008352 Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb``
8353 has a ``.sb`` extension.
8354
8355 The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin``
8356
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008357 :term:`UBOOT_TARGET`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008358 Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed
8359 directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do
8360 not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process
8361 passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building
8362 process.
8363
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008364 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008365 Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script
8366 as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the
8367 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid
8368 configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g.
8369 should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
8370 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`).
William A. Kennington IIIac69b482021-06-02 12:28:27 -07008371 However, there are common options that are passed to all
8372 configure scripts at a class level, but might not be valid for some
8373 configure scripts. Therefore warnings about these options are useless.
8374 For these cases, the options are added to ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST``.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008375
8376 The configure arguments check that uses
8377 ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`` is part of the
8378 :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the
8379 recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class.
8380
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008381 :term:`UPDATERCPN`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008382 For recipes inheriting the
8383 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, ``UPDATERCPN``
8384 specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled.
8385
8386 The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that
8387 install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe,
8388 you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes.
8389
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008390 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008391 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8392 source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
8393 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the
8394 OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by
8395 picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags.
8396
8397 You can use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`` variable to provide a
8398 regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the
8399 default filter not work correctly.
8400 ::
8401
8402 UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex"
8403
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008404 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008405 Use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`` variable to specify a different
8406 regular expression instead of the default one when the package
8407 checking system is parsing the page found using
8408 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`.
8409 ::
8410
8411 UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex"
8412
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008413 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008414 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8415 source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
8416 the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is
8417 determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and
8418 attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work,
8419 you can use ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`` to provide a different URI that
8420 contains the link to the latest tarball.
8421 ::
8422
8423 UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url"
8424
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008425 :term:`USE_DEVFS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008426 Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The
8427 default value used for ``USE_DEVFS`` is "1" when no value is
8428 specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_DEVFS`` to "0" for a
8429 statically populated ``/dev`` directory.
8430
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008431 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:selecting a device manager`" section in
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008432 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to
8433 use this variable.
8434
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008435 :term:`USE_VT`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008436 When using
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008437 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008438 determines whether or not to run a
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008439 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008440 virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those
8441 terminals.
8442
8443 The default value used for ``USE_VT`` is "1" when no default value is
8444 specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_VT`` to "0" in the
8445 machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical
8446 display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal
8447 functionality.
8448
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008449 :term:`USER_CLASSES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008450 A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the
8451 OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g.
8452 ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth).
8453
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008454 The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008455
8456 USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
8457
8458 For more information, see
8459 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
8460
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008461 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008462 If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce
8463 an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group
8464 identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files
8465 listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
8466 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to
8467 ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead.
8468
8469 The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply
8470 ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the
8471 ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan
8472 on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should
8473 set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf``
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008474 file as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008475
8476 USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error"
8477
8478 Overriding the
8479 default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set
8480 static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the
8481 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`,
8482 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and
8483 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
8484
8485 .. note::
8486
8487 There is a difference in behavior between setting
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008488 ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``.
8489 When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for
8490 every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set
8491 to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually
8492 built.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008493 This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you
8494 know will never be built.
8495
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008496 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008497 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group
8498 identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
8499 adds a group to the system during package installation.
8500
8501 When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the
8502 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
8503 ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008504 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008505
8506
8507 USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group"
8508
8509 .. note::
8510
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008511 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
8512 causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008513
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008514 :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008515 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
8516 this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe
8517 that require users and/or groups to be added.
8518
8519 You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For
8520 example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008521 a recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008522
8523 USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}"
8524
8525 .. note::
8526
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008527 It follows that if you are going to use the ``USERADD_PACKAGES``
8528 variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`,
8529 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008530
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008531 :term:`USERADD_PARAM`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008532 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
8533 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to
8534 the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the
8535 package is installed.
8536
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008537 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008538
8539 USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \
8540 --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \
8541 --user-group messagebus"
8542
8543 For information on the
8544 standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see
Andrew Geisslerd1e89492021-02-12 15:35:20 -06008545 https://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008546
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008547 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008548 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user
8549 identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
8550 adds a user to the system during package installation.
8551
8552 When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the
8553 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
8554 ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008555 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008556
8557 USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd"
8558
8559 .. note::
8560
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008561 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
8562 causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008563
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008564 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008565 When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system
8566 to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and
8567 ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`.
8568
8569 To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification
8570 (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf``
8571 file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids"
8572
8573 .. note::
8574
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008575 Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid``
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008576 values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008577 :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008578
8579 If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also
8580 specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the
8581 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
8582 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
8583 Additionally, you should also set the
8584 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable.
8585
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008586 :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008587 Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory,
8588 which is used to house postinstall target log files.
8589
8590 By default, ``VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`` is set to "yes", which means the
8591 file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the
8592 variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent.
8593
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008594 :term:`WARN_QA`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008595 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
8596 warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
8597 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
8598 can control with this variable, see the
8599 ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
8600
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008601 :term:`WKS_FILE`
8602 Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the
8603 OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image
8604 (image\ ``.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned
8605 image, see the
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008606 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008607 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on
Andrew Geissler09209ee2020-12-13 08:44:15 -06008608 the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" Chapter.
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008609
8610 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008611 When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists
8612 build-time dependencies. The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is only
8613 applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when
8614 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related
8615 to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has
8616 no effect.
8617
8618 The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is similar to the
8619 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in
8620 your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the
Andrew Geissler95ac1b82021-03-31 14:34:31 -05008621 ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable are added to the ``DEPENDS`` variable.
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008622
8623 With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to
8624 specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools,
8625 bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images.
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008626 Following is an example::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008627
8628 WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool"
8629
8630 In the
8631 previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual
8632 native tool on which the build would depend.
8633
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008634 :term:`WORKDIR`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008635 The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build
8636 system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the
8637 :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to
8638 the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built.
8639
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008640 The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008641
8642 ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
8643
8644 The actual directory depends on several things:
8645
Andrew Geissler4c19ea12020-10-27 13:52:24 -05008646 - :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory
8647 - :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier
8648 - :term:`PN`: The recipe name
8649 - :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if :term:`PE` is not specified, which
8650 is usually the case for most recipes, then `EXTENDPE` is blank)
8651 - :term:`PV`: The recipe version
8652 - :term:`PR`: The recipe revision
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008653
8654 As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name
8655 ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a
8656 ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose
8657 your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work
8658 directory the build system uses to build the package would be as
Andrew Geisslerc926e172021-05-07 16:11:35 -05008659 follows::
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008660
8661 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
8662
Andrew Geisslerf0343792020-11-18 10:42:21 -06008663 :term:`XSERVER`
Andrew Geisslerc9f78652020-09-18 14:11:35 -05008664 Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X
8665 server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image
8666 directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps
8667 indirectly, includes "x11-base" in
8668 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
8669
8670 The default value of ``XSERVER``, if not specified in the machine
8671 configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev".
8672